Version 1
Draft_August_2024

IPPU SECTOR
USERS’ GUIDEBOOKIPCC Inventory Software, version 2.93

Compiled by:Technical Support Unit
IPCC Task Force on National Greenhouse Gas Inventories
IPCC TFI TSUThis Guidebook is prepared by IPCC TFI TSU.
It has not been subject to the formal IPCC review process.
Please submit your feedback to ipcc-software@iges.or.jp

1|PageContents
Introduction........................................................................................................................................................ 4
1.

IPPU Sector – General Guidance .............................................................................................................. 7
1.1 Cross-cutting issues ............................................................................................................................ 12
1.1.1 Fuel Manager................................................................................................................................ 12
1.1.2 F-gases Manager .......................................................................................................................... 15
1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting ............................................................................................. 21
1.1.4 Reporting of Subdivisions ........................................................................................................... 22
1.1.5 Biogenic fuels, feedstocks and reductants ................................................................................. 24
1.1.6 Uncertainty and Time Series data entry ..................................................................................... 25
1.1.7 Capture and storage or other reduction ..................................................................................... 28

2.

IPPU Sector – Categories Guidance ....................................................................................................... 29
2.A Mineral Industry ................................................................................................................................ 29
2.A.1 Cement Production ..................................................................................................................... 29
2.A.2 Lime Production ......................................................................................................................... 39
2.A.3 Glass Production ......................................................................................................................... 47
2.A.4 Other Process Uses of Carbonates ............................................................................................ 53
2.A.5 Other ............................................................................................................................................ 58
2.B Chemical Industry ............................................................................................................................. 62
2.B.1 Ammonia Production ................................................................................................................. 62
2.B.2, 2.B.3 and 2.B.4 Nitric Acid, Adipic Acid, and Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid
Production ............................................................................................................................................ 69
2.B.5 Carbide Production .................................................................................................................... 75
2.B.6 Titanium Dioxide Production ................................................................................................... 82
2.B.7 Soda Ash Production .................................................................................................................. 88
2.B.8 Petrochemical and Carbon Black Production .......................................................................... 92
2.B.9 Fluorochemical Production ..................................................................................................... 115
2.B.10 Hydrogen Production ............................................................................................................. 142
2.B.11 Other ........................................................................................................................................ 153
2.C Metal Industry ................................................................................................................................. 157
2.C.1 Iron and Steel Production ........................................................................................................ 157
2.F Product Uses as Substitutes for Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) ........................................ 175
2.F.1 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning ......................................................................................... 175
Annex I: Mapping between the IPCC Inventory Software and the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool................................................................................................................................................................. 200

2|PageAbbreviations
Revised 1996 IPCC Guidelines
2006 IPCC Guidelines
2019 Refinement
AD
AFOLU
BFG
BOF
DRI
CH4
CKD
CO2
COG
CS
EAF
EDC/VCMEF
ETF
F-gases
Gg
GHG
GJ
GWP
HFC
IEF
IPCC
IPPU
LKD
m2
m3
NGHGI
NF3
N 2O
NGHGI
ODS
OHF
PFC
RAC
s
SF6

Revised 1996 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories
2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories
2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories
activity data
agriculture, forestry and other land use
blast furnace gas
blast oxygen furnace
direct reduced ironmethanecement kiln dust
carbon dioxidecoke oven gas
country specificelectric arc furnace
ethylene dichloride/vinyl chloride monomer
emission factor
Enhanced Transparency Framework
fluorinated gases
gigagramgreenhouse gas
gigajouleglobal warming potential
hydrofluorocarbon
implied emission factor
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
Industrial Processes and Product Uselime kiln dustsquare meters
cubic meter
Modalities, procedures and guidelines for the transparency framework for action and support
referred to in Article 13 of the Paris Agreement
national GHG inventory
nitrogen trifluoride
nitrous oxide
national GHG inventoryozone depleting substances
open hearth furnace
perfluorocarbons
refrigeration and air conditioning
secondsulphur hexafluoride

TFI
TJ
TSU
μg

IPCC Task Force on National Greenhous Gas Inventories
terajouleTechnical Support Unit
microgram

MPGs

3|PageIntroduction
Goal
The guidebook for the IPCC Inventory Software (Software) is produced by the Technical Support Unit (TSU) of the
IPCC Task Force on National Greenhous Gas Inventories (TFI) to support inventory compilers in the use of the
Software for the preparation of national greenhouse gas (GHG) inventories through the description of the complete
procedure from activity data (AD) organization and input to emission factors (EFs) selection and input, to GHG
estimation and reporting.
Software users must be familiar with the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories (2006
IPCC Guidelines) methods and read the Software manual (downloadable from the “Help” menu) before going
through this guidebook. This guidebook does not replace guidance provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
Scope
The guidebook covers all methodological tiers and approaches provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines. Elements ofthe 2019 Refinement1 are introduced in limited cases, where needed to enable interoperability between the Softwareand the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) electronic reporting tool forcommon reporting tables (CRT) under the Enhanced Transparency Framework (ETF) of the Paris Agreement(hereafter referred to as the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool).
The Users’ Guidebook is still under development. Detailed instructions are provided for estimating GHG emissions
from 2.A Mineral Industry, 2.B Chemical Industry, 2.C Metal Industry (iron and steel only) and 2.F Product Uses
as Substitutes for Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) (refrigeration and air conditioning only). The guidebook will
be updated with detailed instructions for the remaining categories, although it should be noted that the generalprinciples and approaches described in this existing manual may provide useful insight for these additional categories.
Structure
Inventory preparation for each category, and each associated GHG, is described in this guidebook. Each section
provides practical information to help the user enter information and estimate GHG emissions and removals forone or more categories from the 2006 IPCC Guidelines2 Multiple categories (e.g. category 2.A.4. Other process usesof carbonates) are grouped together when the underlying instructions are the same for entering information in the
Software. Table 1 below provides the definitions of categories included in the IPPU sector, as well as a hyperlink to
the relevant section of the guidebook where further information may be found, if available.
Each section is then presented with a parallel structure. General information on the category and gas(es) covered isprovided, along with the relevant equations from the 2006 IPCC Guidelines used to estimate GHG emission andremovals in the Software. The section then introduces the worksheet(s) contained in the Software that are to be used
to enter relevant activity data (AD), emission factors (EF) and other parameters with a “User’s work Flowchart” tohelp illustrate the user’s series of steps to enter this information. Data may be entered either within a single nationwide aggregate (i.e. “country name” subdivision or “unspecified”) or within a national disaggregation such asadministrative units (e.g. provinces, regions, states) or production units (e.g. companies, facilities, or any otheraggregation according to which the user collects AD). Finally, the guidebook elaborates on the relevant AD and EF
input and highlights how results are presented.
Finally, a word on selection of Tiers.
Tiers
The Software provides functionalities -calculation worksheets and data managers- to prepare estimatesaccording to any of the methodological tiers for which IPCC provides equations. Thus, in this Guidebook
the following definitions are used to indicate the methodological tier of the relevant equations, and thecorrespondence with tiers in an NGHGI:

1
2

Elements derived from the 2019 Refinement are clearly distinguishable because of magenta colour used to mark those.
In few instances, denoted by magenta colour, from the 2019 Refinement.

4|PageIPCC Tier 1 refers to the IPCC Tier 1 equations and default EFs/parameters.
Furthermore, recognizing that the 2006 IPCC Guidelines allow reporting estimates produced with a Tier 3
user-specific1 methodology, Tier 1 equations can be used to enter AD and implied emission factor(s) (IEFs),
as calculated by dividing the Tier-3 estimated GHG emission with the underlying AD required by the IPCC
Tier 1 equation(s), to reproduce the estimated Tier 3 emissions.
IPCC Tier 2 refers:✓ either to the IPCC Tier 2 equations, with IPCC default values or user-specific EFs/parameters,
different from IPCC Tier 1 equations in the level of stratification and/or in thevariables/parameters;✓ or, when a Tier 2 Equation is not provided, to the IPCC Tier 1 equation and user-specificEFs/parameters (e.g. category 2.B.7 Soda Ash Production).
IPCC Tier 3 is the IPCC methodology different in the level of stratification and/or in thevariables/parameters, from the IPCC Tier 1 and Tier 2 methodologies.
Tips
Stratification2 of variables3 used to calculate GHG emissions according to IPCC methodologies is a key element topromote accuracy and precision of estimates. Thus, the Software allows an unlimited input of elements for each of
the variables and allows any combination of those.
Stratification is actually implemented in two ways: by subdividing the entire category, in segments (subdivisions) andapplying a single methodological tier, or subdividing the category in segments and applying different methodologicaltiers to different segments. Which means that within a category, those segments for which data are available -e.g. a
specific technology for which EFs are known- are singled out4 while all remaining are reported within a single
aggregation5, as e.g. unspecified6.
However, the Software allows the user to enter each combination of variables, e.g. subdivision/product type/type ofprocess in the case of ethylene dichloride and vinyl chloride monomer production, only once. A way to further
disaggregate such a combination across the time series is through using the subdivision name with a time-prefix.
For instance, where the carbon content of a fuel or the emission rate of a technology changes across time, in bothcases the addition of a prefix that indicates the fuel or the technology before and after a certain date where thechange in the carbon content or in the emission rate occurred, allows the user to implement such technologicalevolution within the current structure of stratification of the variables (e.g. pre-year Y and post-year Y fuel X or Technology
Z).
Often worksheets have sub-layers that the user shall access to enter data. To do so, click on the element⊞ on the left-hand side of worksheet. Once clicked the element ⊞ changes to ⊟.

Interoperability with the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool for the Common Reporting Tables
The Software has been upgraded for the IPPU sector to be interoperable with the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Toolfor the CRT under the ETF of the Paris Agreement.7 In practice, that means that users of the Software can estimate
GHG emissions and CO2 removals for categories and gases that are required to be reported pursuant to the
UNFCCC CRT. Once data are entered into the Software, users wishing to use these data to facilitate reporting to the1

User-specific methodologies need to be in accordance with IPCC good practice to satisfy the transparency, completeness, consistency,
accuracy and thus comparability reporting principles.
2 The larger the number of strata, the more accurate and precise the estimates are.
3 Stratification is the act of sorting data into distinct groups or layers.
4 By applying a higher tier method
5 By applying a lower tier method
6 This does not apply to variables required by IPCC Tier 1 method.
7 As requested by Parties in decision 5/CMA.3, paragraphs 19 and 20.

5|PageUNFCCC must generate a file in the Software (in JSON format) that may then subsequently, through a separate
UNFCCC platform, be uploaded and further processed through the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool.
A separate Guidebook, titled IPCC Inventory Software: UNFCCC Interoperability-CRT Export Quick Start
Guide, has been developed to assist users in generating the JSON file for upload to the UNFCCC ETF Reporting
Tool. Categories that have been added to the Software from the 2019 Refinement to enable interoperability arehighlighted in magenta, and, where relevant, in the elaboration for individual categories of this Guidebook.
There are several unique considerations for the IPPU sector when preparing the visualized CRT in the Software forreporting to the UNFCCC. The issues are noted below for consideration while reviewing the manual for a particular
category, and are elaborated in Annex I.

•

For some categories of the IPPU sector, different Tiers for estimating GHG emissions rely on different
types of AD (for example, for cement production, the Tier 1 and Tier 2 methods rely on clinker production,
while the Tier 3 method is based on consumption of carbonates). While the use of different Tiers does nothave an impact on the use of the Software to calculate GHG emissions (indeed it can be good practice to use
higher tiers, even if only for a fraction of a country as long as completeness is ensured), this introduces
challenges for aggregating the AD as it is not meaningful to different types of AD into a single value. When
mapping to the visualized CRT and preparing a file for UNFCCC reporting, the Software ensures that onlya single type of AD are added (e.g. the Tier 1 AD if available). This will however require the user to update
the AD to reflect total national AD prior to submitting the file to the UNFCCC.

•The Software allows for estimation of GHG emissions for all gases with a global warming potential in an
IPCC Assessment Report (the latest values included in the Software are from the 5th Assessment Report).
AR5 includes additional gases, not included for reporting pursuant to the Modalities, procedures andguidelines for the transparency framework for action and support referred to in Article 13 of the Paris
Agreement (MPGs), which is limited to CO2, CH4, N2O, HFCs, PFCs, SF6, and NF3; Should users calculate
GHG emissions for these additional gases (e.g. ethers) they may wish to explain the differences in the totals
for these fluorinated gases (F-gases).

•

Confidentiality – Calculation of GHG emissions in the Software requires entry of AD, EFs and otherparameters. In some cases, users may identify some input data as confidential. Although the data are
required for calculation of GHG emissions in the calculation worksheets, users may designate some data as
confidential (through use of the notation key “C”) for purposes of reporting to the UNFCCC ETF
Reporting Tool. There are multiple ways of designating information as confidential, which is further
discussed in Annex I. Users are responsible for understanding how confidentiality is addressed in the
Software. Also important to note; emissions labelled as confidential are still included in totals for transfer tothe UNFCCC to ensure complete reporting.

Annex I illustrates the mapping of AD and GHG estimates for categories/gases from the Software to thecorresponding UNFCCC CRT category/ies.

6|Page1.

IPPU Sector – General Guidance

The Industrial Processes and Product Use (IPPU) sector covers GHG emissions occurring from industrial processes,
from the use of GHGs in products, and from non-energy uses of fossil fuel carbon.
GHG emissions are produced from a wide variety of industrial activities. The main emission sources are releases
from industrial processes that chemically or physically transform materials (for example, the blast furnace in the ironand steel industry, ammonia and other chemical products manufactured from fossil fuels used as chemical feedstockand the cement industry are notable examples of industrial processes that release a significant amount of CO2).
During these processes, many different GHGs, including carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide(N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs) and perfluorocarbons (PFCs), can be produced.
In addition, GHGs often are used in products such as refrigerators, foams or aerosol cans. For example, HFCs areused as alternatives to ozone depleting substances (ODS) in various types of product applications. Similarly, sulphur
hexafluoride (SF6) and N2O are used in a number of products used in industry (e.g., SF6 used in electrical equipment,
N2O used as a propellant in aerosol products primarily in the food industry) or by end-consumers (e.g., SF6 used inrunning-shoes, N2O used during anaesthesia). A notable feature of these product uses is that, in almost all cases,
significant time can elapse between the manufacture of the product and the release of the greenhouse gas. The delay
can vary from a few weeks (e.g., for aerosol cans) to several decades as in the case of rigid foams. In some
applications (e.g., refrigeration) a fraction of the greenhouse gases used in the products can be recovered at the endof product’s life and either recycled or destroyed. In addition, HFCs, PFCs, SF6, NF3, and several other fluorinatedgreenhouse gases may be used in and/or emitted by processes such as electronics manufacturing.
Product use is combined with the industrial process guidance because in many cases production and import/export
data are needed to estimate emissions in products and because product use may also occur as part of industrial
activities, apart from the non-industrial sectors (retail, services, households.) It is therefore desirable to link
estimation of emissions associated with production and product use. The non-energy uses of fossil fuels encompass
their uses as feedstock, reductants and as non-energy products in which their physical properties are used directly
rather than combusted for energy purposes.
Table 1 lists all categories included from the IPPU sector of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, as refined by the 2019
Refinement for those categories relevant for the interoperability with the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool. This Users’
Guidebook is under development. Users may click on the category name to navigate to completed sections of theUsers’ Guidebook.
Table 1. Categories included in the IPPU sector of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, as refined by the 2019
Refinement for those categories relevant for the interoperability with the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool.

Categories
2 INDUSTRIALPROCESSES AND
PRODUCT USE (IPPU)

Definitions
Emissions from industrial processes and product use, excluding those related to energy combustion(reported under category 1.A), extraction, processing and transport of fuels (reported under category
1.B) and CO2 transport, injection and storage (reported under category 1.C).

2.A Mineral Industry
2.A.1 Cement Production
2.A.2 Lime Production
2.A.3 Glass Production
2.A.4 Other Process Usesof Carbonates
2.A.4.a Ceramics
2.A.4.b Other Uses of Soda
Ash
2.A.4.c Non-Metallurgical
Magnesia Production

Process-related emissions from the production of various types of cement (ISIC: D2694).
Process-related emissions from the production of various types of lime (ISIC: D2694).
Process-related emissions from the production of various types of glass (ISIC: D2610).
Includes limestone, dolomite and other carbonates etc. Emissions from the use of limestone, dolomite
and other carbonates should be included in the industrial source category where they are used. For
example, where a carbonate is used as a flux for iron and steel production, resultant emissions should bereported under category 2.C.1 Iron and Steel Production rather than this subcategory.
Process-related emissions from the production of bricks and roof tiles, vitrified clay pipes, refractory
products, expanded clay products, wall and floor tiles, table and ornamental ware (household ceramics),
sanitary ware, technical ceramics, and inorganic bonded abrasives (ISIC: D2691, D2692 and D2693).
Emissions from soda ash use that are not included elsewhere under an existing category (for example,
emissions from soda ash used in glass production are accounted for under 2.A.3 Glass production)
Emissions from magnesia production that are not included elsewhere. For example, where magnesia
production is used for primary and secondary magnesium production, emissions should be reported in
the relevant source category in Metals.

7|PageCategories
2.A.4.d Other (please
specify)

2.A.5 Other

Definitions
Process-related emissions from all other miscellaneous uses of limestone, dolomite and other carbonates,
except from uses already listed in the sub-categories above, and uses as fluxes or slagging agents in the
Metals and Chemicals industries, or for the liming of soils and wetlands in Agriculture, Forestry andOther Land Uses (ISIC D269).
Includes any other mineral industry emissions not otherwise included above or reported elsewhere in the
GHG inventory.

2.B Chemical Industry

2.B.1 Ammonia Production

2.B.2 Nitric Acid Production
2.B.3 Adipic Acid
Production
2.B.4 Caprolactam, Glyoxal
and Glyoxylic Acid
Production

2.B.5 Carbide Production

2.B.6 Titanium Dioxide
Production

2.B.7 Soda Ash Production

Ammonia (NH3) is a major industrial chemical and the most important nitrogenous material produced.
Ammonia gas is used directly as a fertilizer, in heat treating, paper pulping, nitric acid and nitrates
manufacture, nitric acid ester and nitro compound manufacture, explosives of various types, and as arefrigerant. Amines, amides, and miscellaneous other organic compounds, such as urea, are made fromammonia. The main GHG emitted from NH3 production is CO2. CO2 used in the production of urea, adownstream process, should be subtracted from the CO2 generated and accounted for in the AFOLU
Sector.
Nitric acid is used as a raw material mainly in the manufacture of nitrogenous-based fertiliser. Nitricacid may also be used in the production of adipic acid and explosives (e.g., dynamite), for metal etching
and in the processing of ferrous metals. The main GHG emitted from HNO3 production is N2O.
Adipic acid is used in the manufacture of a large number of products including synthetic fibres, coatings,
plastics, urethane foams, elastomers and synthetic lubricants. The production of Nylon 6.6 accounts forthe bulk of adipic acid use. The main GHG emitted from adipic acid production is N2O.
Most of the annual production of caprolactam (NH(CH2)5CO) is consumed as the monomer for nylon-6
fibres and plastics, with a substantial proportion of the fibre used in carpet manufacturing. Allcommercial processes for the manufacture of caprolactam are based on either toluene or benzene. This
subcategory also covers production of glyoxal (ethanedial) and glyoxylic acid production. The main
GHG emitted from this subcategory is N2O.
The production of carbide can result in emissions of CO2, CH4, CO and SO2. Silicon carbide is asignificant artificial abrasive. It is produced from silica sand or quartz and petroleum coke. Calcium
carbide is used in the production of acetylene, in the manufacture of cyanamide (a minor historical use),
and as a reductant in electric arc steel furnaces. It is made from calcium carbonate (limestone) andcarbon-containing reductant (petroleum coke).
Titanium dioxide (TiO2) is the most important white pigment. The main use is in paint manufacture
followed by paper, plastics, rubber, ceramics, fabrics, floor covering, printing ink, and othermiscellaneous uses. The main production process is the chloride route, giving rise to CO 2 emissions thatare likely to be significant. This category also includes synthetic rutile production using the Becher
process, and titanium slag production, both of which are reduction processes using fossil fuels andresulting in CO2 emissions. Synthetic rutile is the major input to TiO2 production using the chloride
route.
Soda ash (sodium carbonate, Na2CO3) is a white crystalline solid that is used as a raw material in a large
number of industries including glass manufacture, soap and detergents, pulp and paper production andwater treatment. Emissions of CO2 from the production of soda ash vary dependent on the
manufacturing process. Four different processes may be used to produce soda ash. Three of theseprocesses, monohydrate, sodium sesquicarbonate (trona) and direct carbonation, are referred to asnatural processes. The fourth, the Solvay process, is classified as a synthetic process.

2.B.8 Petrochemical andCarbon Black Production

2.B.8.a Methanol

2.B.8.b Ethylene
2.B.8.c Ethylene Dichloride
and Vinyl Chloride
Monomer
2.B.8.d Ethylene Oxide
2.B.8.e Acrylonitrile

Methanol production covers production of methanol from fossil fuel feedstocks [natural gas, petroleum,coal] using steam reforming or partial oxidation processes. According to Volume 1, chapter 8 of the2006 IPCC Guidelines, production of methanol from biogenic feedstocks (e.g., by fermentation) is notincluded in this source category. It should be noted that users can enter in the Software information on
the use of biogenic feedstocks. Consistent with the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, the Software does not include
CO2 emissions from biogenic fuels in the national total, although any capture and subsequent storage ofthis CO2 are included
Ethylene production covers production of ethylene from feedstocks at petrochemical plants by thesteam cracking process. Production of ethylene from processes situation within the boundaries of
petroleum refineries is not included in this source category. The GHGs produced from ethylene
production are CO2 and CH4.
Ethylene dichloride and vinyl chloride monomer production covers production of ethylene dichloride bydirect oxidation or oxychlorination of ethylene, and the production of vinyl chloride monomer fromethylene dichloride. The GHGs produced from production of ethylene dichloride production and vinyl
chloride monomer production are CO2 and CH4.
Ethylene oxide production covers production of ethylene oxide by reaction of ethylene and oxygen bycatalytic oxidation. The GHGs produced from ethylene oxide production are CO2 and CH4.
Acrylonitrile production covers production of acrylonitrile from ammoxidation of propylene, andassociated production of acetonitrile and hydrogen cyanide from the ammoxidation process. The GHGs
produced from production of acrylonitrile are CO2 and CH4.

8|PageCategories
2.B.8.f Carbon Black

2.B.8.x Other petrochemical
production

Definitions
Carbon black production covers production of carbon black from feedstocks (petroleum or coal-derived
carbon black feedstock, natural gas, acetylene). It should be noted that users can enter in the Software
information on the use of biogenic feedstocks. Consistent with the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, the Software
does not include CO2 emissions from biogenic fuels in the national total, although any capture andsubsequent storage of this CO2 are included
This category has been added to the Software (without a specific IPCC category code) to allow users to
implement section 3.9.1 of chapter 3, volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, which reads “There are anumber of other petrochemical processes that emit small amounts of greenhouse gases for which
specific guidance is not provided (e.g., styrene production).”

2.B.9 Fluorochemical
Production
2.B.9.a By-product
Emissions

2.B.9.b Fugitive Emissions

2.B.10 Hydrogen Production
2.B.11 Other (Please specify)

Fluorochemical Production covers the complete range of fluorochemicals, whether or not the principal
products are GHGs. Emissions encompass HFCs, PFCs, SF6 and all other halogenated gases with global
warming potentials (GWP) listed in IPCC assessment reports. The most significant by-product emissionis that of HFC-23 from the manufacture of HCFC-22 and this is described separately.
These are emissions of the principal product from the process to manufacture it and so fluorochemical
production in this context is limited to HFCs, PFCs, SF6 and other halogenated gases with GWP listed
in IPCC assessment reports.
Emissions from hydrogen production when it is produced as a main product at a stand-alone facility.
Also, emissions from production of hydrogen as a by-product or intermediate product at refineries,
ammonia production facilities and at other chemical production facilities, insofar as the emissions are
not reported under the respective sectors.
For example, gases with GWP listed in IPCC assessment reports that do not fall within any categories
above could be reported here, if they are estimated.

2.C Metal Industry
2.C.1 Iron and Steel
Production
2.C.2 Ferroalloys Production

2.C.3 Aluminium
Production

2.C.4 Magnesium
Production

2.C.5 Lead Production

2.C.6 Zinc Production

2.C.7 Rare Earths
Production

CO2 is the predominant gas emitted from the production of iron and steel. The sources of the CO2
emissions include that from carbon-containing reducing agents such as coke and pulverized coal, and,from minerals such as limestone and dolomite added.
Ferroalloys production covers emissions from primary metallurgical reduction production of the mostcommon ferroalloys, i.e. ferro-silicon, silicon metal, ferro-manganese, silicon manganese, and ferrochromium, excluding those emissions relating to fuel use. From the production of these alloys, CO2,
N2O and CH4 originating from ore- and reductant raw materials, is emitted.
Aluminium production covers primary production of aluminium, except the emissions related to the useof fuel. CO2 emissions result from the electrochemical reduction reaction of alumina with a carbonbased anode. Tetrafluoromethane (CF4) and hexafluoroethane (C2F6) are also produced intermittently.
No GHGs are produced in recycling of aluminium other than from the fuels uses for metal remelting.
SF6 emissions are not associated with primary aluminium production; however, casting of some highmagnesium containing alloys does result in SF6 emissions and these emissions are accounted for in
Section 2.C.4, Magnesium Production.
Magnesium production covers GHG emissions related to both primary magnesium production as well asoxidation protection of magnesium metal during processing (recycling and casting), excluding thoseemissions relating to fuel use. In the primary production of magnesium, CO2 is emitted during
calcination of dolomite and magnesite raw materials. Primary production of magnesium from noncarbonate raw materials does not emit carbon dioxide. In the processing of liquid magnesium, covergases containing CO2, SF6, the hydrofluorocarbon HFC 134a or the fluorinated ketone FK 5-1-12(C3F7C(O)C2F5) may be used. Partial thermal decomposition and/or reaction between these compounds
and liquid magnesium generates secondary compounds such as PFCs, which are emitted in addition to
unreacted cover gas constituents.
Lead production covers production by the sintering/smelting process as well as direct smelting. CO2
emissions result as a product of the use of a variety of carbon-based reducing agents in both production
processes.
Zinc production covers emissions from both primary production of zinc from ore as well as recovery ofzinc from scrap metals, excluding emissions related to fuel use. Following calcination, zinc metal is
produced through one of three methods; 1-electro-thermic distillation, 2-pyro-metallurgical smelting or
3-electrolysis. If method 1 or 2 is used, CO2 is emitted. Method 3 does not result in CO2 emissions.
Recovery of zinc from metal scrap often uses the same methods as primary production and may thus
produce CO2 emissions, which is included in this section.
Rare Earth Production covers primary production of rare earth metals and alloys, except the emissions
related to the use of fuel. CO2 emissions result from the electrochemical reduction reaction of rare earthoxides with a carbon-based anode. PFCs, mainly tetrafluoromethane (CF4) and hexafluoroethane(C2F6), are also produced intermittently.

2.C.8 Other (please specify)
2.D Non-Energy Products
from Fuels and Solvent
Use

The use of oil products and coal-derived oils primarily intended for purposes other than combustion.

9|PageCategories
2.D.1 Lubricant Use
2.D.2 Paraffin Wax Use
2.D.3 Solvent Use
2.D.4 Other (please specify)

Definitions
Lubricating oils, heat transfer oils, cutting oils and greases.
Oil-derived waxes such as petroleum jelly, paraffin waxes and other waxes.
NMVOC emissions from solvent use e.g. in paint application, degreasing and dry cleaning should becontained here. Emissions from the use of HFCs and PFCs as solvents should be reported under 2.F.5.
For example, CH4, CO and NMVOC emissions from asphalt production and use (including asphalt
blowing), as well as NMVOC emissions from the use of other chemical products than solvents should
be contained here, if relevant.

2.E Electronics Industry
2.E.1 Integrated Circuit or
Semiconductor
2.E.2 TFT Flat Panel
Display
2.E.3 Photovoltaics
2.E.4 Heat Transfer Fluid

Emissions of CF4, C2F6, C3F8, c-C4F8, C4F6, C4F8O, C5F8, CHF3, CH2F2, NF3 and SF6 from uses ofthese gases in Integrated Circuit (IC) manufacturing in rapidly evolving ways and in varying amounts,
which depend on product (e.g., memory or logic devices) and equipment manufacturer.
Uses and emissions of predominantly CF4, CHF3, NF3 and SF6 during the fabrication of thin-film
transistors (TFTs) on glass substrates for flat panel display manufacture. In addition to these gases, C2F6,
C3F8 and c-C4F8 may also be used and emitted during the manufacture of thin and smart displays.
Photovoltaic cell manufacture may use and emit CF4 and C2F6 among others.
Heat transfer fluids, which include several fully fluorinated carbon compounds (either in pure form or in
mixtures) with six or more carbon atoms, used and emitted during IC manufacture, testing and assembly.
They are used in chillers, temperature shock testers and vapour phase reflow soldering.

2.E.5 Other (please specify)
2.F Product Uses as
Substitutes for Ozone
Depleting Substances

2.F.1 Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning

2.F.1.a Refrigeration andStationary Air Conditioning
2.F.1.b Mobile Air
Conditioning

2.F.2 Foam Blowing Agents

2.F.3 Fire Protection

2.F.4 Aerosols

2.F.5 Solvents

Refrigeration and air-conditioning systems are usually classified in six application domains or categories.
These categories utilise different technologies such as heat exchangers, expansion devices, pipings andcompressors. The six application domains are domestic refrigeration, commercial refrigeration, industrial
processes, transport refrigeration, stationary air conditioning, mobile air-conditioning systems. For allthese applications, various HFCs are selectively replacing CFCs and HCFCs. For example, in developed
countries, HFC-134a has replaced CFC-12 in domestic refrigeration and mobile air conditioning systems,
and blends of HFCs such as R-407C (HFC-32/HFC-125/HFC-134a) and R-410A (HFC-32/HFC-125)
are replacing HCFC-22 mainly in stationary air conditioning. Other, non-HFC substances are used toreplace CFCs and HCFCs such as iso-butane in domestic refrigeration or ammonia in industrial
refrigeration. HFC-152a is also being considered for mobile air conditioning in several regions.
The application domains are domestic refrigeration, commercial refrigeration, industrial processes,
transport refrigeration and stationary air conditioning.
The application domains are mobile air-conditioning systems used in passenger cars, truck cabins, buses,
and trains.
HFCs are being used as replacements for CFCs and HCFCs in foams, particularly in closed-cell
insulation applications. Compounds that are being used include HFC-245fa, HFC-365mfc, HFC-227ea,
HFC-134a, and HFC-152a. The processes and applications for which these various HFCs are being used
include insulation boards and panels, pipe sections, sprayed systems and one-component gap fillingfoams. For open-cell foams, such as integral skin products for automotive steering wheels and facias,
emissions of HFCs used as blowing agents are likely to occur during the manufacturing process. In
closed-cell foam, emissions not only occur during the manufacturing phase, but usually extend into thein-use phase and often the majority of emission occurs at the end-of-life (de-commissioning losses).
Accordingly, emissions can occur over a period of up to 50 years or even longer.
There are two general types of fire protection (fire suppression) equipment that use GHGs as partial
replacements for halons: portable (streaming) equipment, and fixed (flooding) equipment. The nonozone depleting, industrial gases HFCs, PFCs and more recently a fluoroketone are mainly used as
substitutes for halons, typically halon 1301, in flooding equipment. PFCs played an early role in halon
1301 replacement but current use is limited to replenishment of previously installed systems. HFCs in
portable equipment, typically replacing halon 1211, are available but have achieved very limited market
acceptance due primarily to their high cost. PFC use in new portable extinguishers is currently limited toa small amount (few percent) in an HCFC blend.
Most aerosol packages now contain hydrocarbon (HC) as propellants but, in a small fraction of the total,
HFCs and PFCs may be used as propellants or solvents. Emissions from aerosols usually occur shortly
after production, on average six months after sale. During the use of aerosols, 100% of the chemical isemitted. The five main sources are metered dose inhalers (MDIs), personal care products (e.g. hair care,deodorant, shaving cream), household products (e.g. air-fresheners, oven and fabric cleaners), industrial
products (e.g. special cleaning sprays such as those for operating electrical contact, lubricants, pipefreezers) and other general products (e.g. silly string, tire inflators, claxons), although in some regions theuse of such general products is restricted. The HFCs currently used as propellants are HFC 134a, HFC
227ea, and HFC 152a. The substance HFC 43 10mee and a PFC, perfluorohexane, are used as solventsin industrial aerosol products.
HFCs and, to a much lesser extent PFCs, are being used as substitutes for ODS (most notably CFC113). Typical HFCs used are HFC-365mfc and HFC-43-10mee. Use of these fluorinated replacements ismuch less widespread than the ODS they replace. Re-capture and re-use is also much more widely

10 | P a g e

Categories

2.F.6 Other Applications(please specify)

Definitions
practiced The primary areas of use are precision cleaning, electronics cleaning, metal cleaning anddeposition applications. Emissions from aerosols containing solvents should be reported under category
2.F.4 Aerosols rather than under this category.
The properties of ODS have made them attractive for a variety of niche applications not covered inother sub-source categories. These include electronics testing, heat transfer, dielectric fluid and medical
applications. The properties of HFCs and PFCs are equally attractive in some of these sectors and they
have been adopted as substitutes. There are also some historical uses of PFCs, as well as emerging use of
HFCs, in these applications. These applications have leakage rates ranging from 100% emissive in yearof application to around 1% per annum.

2.G Other Product
Manufacture and Use

2.G.1 Electrical
Equipment

Electrical equipment is used in the transmission and distribution of electricity above 1 kV. SF6 is used in
gas-insulated switchgear (GIS), gas circuit breakers (GCB), gas-insulated transformers (GIT), gasinsulated lines (GIL), outdoor gas-insulated instrument transformers, reclosers, switches, ring main units
and other equipment.

2.G.1.a Manufacture of
Electrical Equipment
2.G.1.b Use of Electrical
Equipment
2.G.1.c Disposal of
Electrical Equipment

2.G.2 SF6 and PFCs from
Other Product Uses
2.G.2.a Military Applications

2.G.2.b Accelerators
2.G.2.c Other (please
specify)

Military applications include AWACS, which are military reconnaissance planes of the Boeing E-3A type.
In AWACS (and possibly other reconnaissance planes), the SF6 is used as an insulating gas in the radarsystem.
Particle accelerators are used for research purposes (at universities and research institutions), forindustrial applications (in cross-linking polymers for cable insulation and for rubber parts and hoses),and in medical (radiotherapy) applications.
This source includes adiabatic uses, sound-proof glazing, PFCs used as heat transfer fluids in consumer
and commercial applications, PFCs used in cosmetic and medical applications, and PFCs and SF6 used as
tracers.

2G3 N2O from Product
Uses
2.G.3.a Medical Applications
2.G.3.b Propellant for
Pressure and Aerosol
Products
2.G.3.c Other (Please
specify)
2.G.4 Other (Please specify)

This source covers evaporative emissions of N2O that arise from medical applications (anaesthetic use,analgesic use and veterinary use). N2O is used during anaesthesia for two reasons: a) as an anaesthetic
and analgesic and as b) a carrier gas for volatile fluorinated hydrocarbon anaesthetics such as isoflurane,
sevoflurane and desflurane.
This source covers evaporative emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O) that arise from use as a propellant inaerosol products primarily in food industry. Typical usage is to make whipped cream, where cartridges
filled with N2O are used to blow the cream into foam.

2.H Other
2.H.1 Pulp and Paper
Industry
2.H.2 Food and Beverages
Industry
2.H.3 Other (please specify)

Note: The category tree in the Software reflects the categories included in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, as refined by the 2019
Refinement for those categories relevant for interoperability with the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool, plus those added by the
Wetlands Supplement. Categories from the 2019 Refinement are shown in this Guidebook, and in the Software, in a magenta colour.

11 | P a g e

1.1 Cross-cutting issues
1.1.1 Fuel Manager
In the IPPU the data from Fuel Manager is used for several categories, including in Chemical Industry (e.g. 2.B.8
Petrochemical and Carbon Black Production) and Metal Industry (e.g. 2.C.1 Iron and Steel Production).
Example: Reference to the Fuel Manager for Iron and Steel Production

Before inputting data in the Energy and IPPU worksheets, the Fuel Manager shall be populated with all relevant
The Fuel Manager contains information on carbon content and calorific value for each fuel type used in the country.
All IPCC default fuels are included here, and in addition users can input user-specific fuels and reductants andassociated characteristics. To set the Fuel Manager the following steps are followed:
1.

On the Administrate tab, click Energy and then Fuel Manager.
Note that the Administrate tab is available only to the Administrator. Other users may access the Fuel Manager by selecting Fuel Manager from thelower right-hand side of relevant worksheets relying on data from the Fuel Manager (e.g. from 2.C.1 Iron and Steel Production).

2.

3.

In the top of the window select either NCV (net calorific value) or GCV (gross calorific value) for theConversion Factor Type. Note that:✓ For each IPCC default fuel, when NCV is selected, the Calorific Value and the Carbon Content are
pre-filled with IPCC defaults for each fuel. These can be replaced with user-specific values.
✓ For GCV no IPCC default values are available and so those need to be entered by the user.
To add user-specific fuels the following steps are performed for each new fuel entry:✓ Click on the asterisk in the bottom-most row to add the user-specific fuel,✓ Select fuel type from the drop-down list,✓ Enter the specific fuel name,12 | P a g e✓✓Indicate (checkbox) if it is a primary fuel1 or not,Enter its calorific value in TJ/Gg, (either NCV or GCV according to the selection made for theentire Fuel Manager),✓ Enter the carbon content in kg C/GJ.
To see listed the user-defined fuels only, check the corresponding box on the top of the window.
Note: If the name of values assigned to a user-defined fuel added to the Fuel Manager are subsequently changed,
such change is propagated by the Software to each calculation worksheet where that fuel is used.

1

Primary fuels are fuels found in nature such as coal, crude oil, and natural gas, while secondary fuels or fuel products are derived fromprimary fuels, such as gasoline and lubricants. A complete list of fuels is provided in Section 1.4.1.1 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines.

13 | P a g e

Then the data from the Fuel Manager can be used in the IPPU worksheets. See example below for 2.C.1 Iron andSteel.

14 | P a g e

Example: Use of data from Fuel Manager in IPPU

1.1.2 F-gases Manager
Fluorochemicals (including HFCs, PFCs, SF6 and NF3. collectively referred to as “F-gases”) are produced (incategory 2.B) and used in a variety of applications (categories 2.C, 2.E, 2.F, 2.G, 2.H). Further, two or morechemicals may be combined into a blend (GHG and non-GHG, ozone depleting substance (ODS) and non-ODS).
The list of F-gases is substantial. Thus, there is a need to handle these gases efficiently.
For easy and convenient use of the Software, all F-gases consumed (including those imported) and/or exported in
the country can be specified and organized to facilitate reporting, with the help of an F-gases Manager containing
two components:i)ii)

F-gases Manager-Chemicals – contains a list of the F-gases listed in the 5th Assessment Report, andallows for the addition of country-specific F-gases.
F-gases Manager-Blends – provides a list of the blends contained in table 7.8 of volume 3, chapter 7 of
the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, and allows for the addition of country-specific blends.

The overall approach to use of the F-gases Manager is that the user must first specify which of the F-gases/ blends
are either produced or consumed within the country. Only the selected list of F-gases/blends will be available foremission calculations at an individual IPCC category (i.e. worksheet) level. Then, the user refines the list ofchemicals/blends consumed (including imported) and/or exported at the category level to include only those gases
relevant for an individual category.
Entering information on F-gases and blends at the country level
Users first need to populate the F-gases Manager to identify the relevant F-gases/blends in the country before being
able to input AD in the relevant category worksheets to estimate F-gas emissions.
To enter the relevant F-gases/blends:
1. On the Administrate tab, click IPPU and then F-gases Manager - Chemicals.

15 | P a g e

Then a new window will appear.

Click on the [+] symbol to expand each group of species and select all F-gases which are used in the country or
those that were produced in the country and not used, but exported.
Note that by default, the F-gases listed in Table 7.1 of volume 3, chapter 7 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines are checked.

Click Save after selecting all F-gases.

16 | P a g e

2. Users may add F-gases that are not listed in the F-gases Manager-Chemicals. They may add additional
species for a particular group of chemics (e.g. user-defined HFCs) or for other groups not specifically listed.
To add a user-defined species, the user navigates to the bottom of the listed chemicals for that group (e.g.
HFCs) and selects the asterisk. Information on the chemical name, formula and GWP value should beentered, and the box checked.

To add a new type of chemical, users must click on the [+] symbol for Other GHGs and manually input
information for the user-defined chemical and select Save. See example below.

3. Then users can then proceed to enter information for the F-gases Manager-Blends via the Administratetab, click IPPU and then F-gases Manager - Blends.

17 | P a g e

A new window will appear.
4. Users need to select blends used (e.g. in the country if the inventory is being done at the national level).
Note that: By default, the F-gases listed in section 7.5.1 of volume 3, chapter 7 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines are checked. The full list of common blends
is consistent with the blends identified in Table 7.8.

Ideally, the AD used to estimate GHG emissions for categories that consume F-gases in calculation
worksheets should be the individual chemical(s). In some cases, if information only on the blends consumed
is known, they can be selected here and used for the purposes of calculating GHG emissions in thecalculation worksheets. When emissions are calculated or reported for blends, the blends are broken down
into constituents and thus emissions are calculated and reported for each constituent in the blend according
to its % of composition (e.g. when emissions are calculated or reported for blend R-410A (figure below),
50% of emissions will be calculated and reported for HFC-32 and another 50% for HFC-125. The default
composition is taken from table 7.8.
Care should be taken when estimating emissions to understand the source of AD and avoid double counting
for a category. This could be possible if a user has information for consumption of two species of F-gas
for the category, but those F-gases are then used to produce a blend, which is subsequently consumed. The
user should not double count both consumption of the F-gases and the blend.

5. Also, users can input manually user-defined blends by clicking on the [+] symbol at the bottom of thewindow. To add a user-defined blend, the use must enter, row by row, each constituent of the blend, the
GWP as taken from the AR5, and the composition of that constituent in the total blend. Only HFCs, PFCs,
SF6 and NF3 contained in the blend that have a AR5 GWP need to be listed as constituents, and therespective % fraction of the entire blend recorded. Thus, the total composition need not equal 100%.

18 | P a g e

Example: Adding a user-defined blend

Entering information on F-gases and blends at the IPCC category level
Identifying the list of F-gases/blends relevant for the country is not sufficient to enter data on those chemicals andestimate GHG emissions, the user must then enter specific information in each category-level worksheet to identify
the relevant F-gases for that category. After selecting the F-gases and blends relevant for the country in the
Administrate tab, refinement of the list of F-gases/blends for consumption in a specific IPCC category level iscarried out from within any relevant worksheet that handles calculations of F-gas emissions. In this step, the user
may also flag if the consumption of an F-gas/blend for an individual category is considered confidential.
The figures below demonstrate how to identify the relevant F-gases for each category worksheet. There are two
primary workflows to enter this information; one relevant for the tier 1 estimation methodology in category 2.F.1
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning and 2.F.2 Foams and for all tiers in 2.F.3 Fire Protection and one for all othercategories.

19 | P a g e

Example: Identifying category level F gas and blend consumption: 2.F.1.and 2.F.2 (Tier 1 only) and 2.F.3

To identify the list of F-gases blends for Tier 1 in 2.F.1 and 2.F.2, and all of 2.F.3
1. Navigate to the relevant worksheet
2. The user will not see any available options for F-gases initial by selecting the drop-down menu
3. To identify the relevant F-gases /blends consumed, select Chemical’s Data
4. In the Gas field, select the drop-down
5. The user will be presented with a list of all Chemicals and Blends identified at the country level. To viewthe list, select the [+] plus symbol. The user shall select, by checking the box, those F-gases and blends thatare consumed in that category (in the figure above, for refrigeration and air conditioning – Tier 1)
6. For users intending to use the GHG inventory information for purposes of reporting under the ETF of
the Paris Agreement, and thus transmit information to the UNFCCC, they may indicate here if theconsumption of gas in this application is considered Confidential. If designated as confidential, the AD on
consumption will not be included in the JSON file submitted to the UNFCCC; and emissions will betransferred, along with any other confidential emissions of F-gases, in category 2.H. For more information,
see Annex I.
7. The user may return to the main F-gases Manager by selecting “Chemicals at country level” or “Blends atcountry level” to add additional F-gases/blends for selection, other, Close the F-gases Manager here.

20 | P a g e

Example: Identifying category level F gas and blend consumption: all other categories

To identify the list of F-gases blends for all other categories:
1. Navigate to the relevant worksheet
2. Select F-gases Manager
3. The user will be presented with a list of all Chemicals and Blends identified at the country level. To viewthe list, select the [+] plus symbol.
4. The user shall select, by checking the box, those F-gases and blends that are consumed in that category (inthe figure above, for refrigeration and air conditioning – Tier 2).
5. The user may return to the main F-gases Manager by selecting “Chemicals at country level” or “Blends atcountry level” to add additional F-gases/blends for selection, other, Close the F-gases Manager here.
Note that, unlike the case where the F-gases Manager was accessed through Chemical’s Data, the user does not have the ability to indicate in this table if the Fgas/blend used in the application is confidential. This is because for the Tier 2 approach for Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (2.F1), and for Foams (category
2.F.2) further consumption is further broken down by application (e.g. domestic refrigeration or Polyurethane – Continuous panel). Confidentiality will be
designated for these categories at the sub-application level (see sections 2.F.1 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning and 2.F.2 Foams (to be completed)
for more information).

1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting
The 2006 IPCC Guidelines provide methodological guidance to estimate anthropogenic GHG emission and removals
according to three tier levels: Tier 1, Tier 2, Tier 3, where Tier 1 is the common default methodological approachthat the IPCC Guidelines provide for all inventory compilers, while higher tiers are based on country-specific dataon activity-dependant rates of GHG emissions and removals and likely have a higher spatial and temporal resolutionof AD. Tier 2 may apply a different methodological approach1, or the Tier 1 methodology approach with userspecific values for parameters and EFs and may further disaggregate the population of AD to apply conditionspecific values of parameters and EFs. Tier 3 is generally2 a country-specific methodological approach that, althoughconsistent with IPCC good practice, has been designed specifically to better cope with the country-specific statistical
population for which GHG emissions/removals are estimated or may be based on the direct monitoring of thesource of GHG emissions.

1
2

E.g. cement production or iron and steel production.
In some cases, IPCC also provides a Tier 3 methodology, as for instance for HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production.

21 | P a g e

Where a user-specific Tier 3 method, which cannot be calculated by the Software, is used to prepare estimates of
GHG emissions that need to be included in the NGHGI for completeness, the user can use the relevant calculation
worksheet(s) to report it as it follows:
1. enter in the Software the AD required by the IPCC default methodology.
2. back-calculate CO2 and/or CH4 and/or N2O IEFs, as the total emissions of the relevant GHG calculated
through the user-specific Tier 3 method divided by the AD required at bullet 1 above and enter those in
the Software.
3. the Software then reproduces the user-specific Tier 3 GHG estimates.
A dedicated subdivision could be entered, e.g. specifically titled as “Tier 3” with any other identifying information,
as appropriate. In doing so the user shall transparently describe in any accompanying inventory report the original
methodology and the way it has derived the implied emission factor.
Given that the Software can calculate GHG emissions and removals for each source/sink category using any of themethodological tiers provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, the user may apply a single methodological tier to theentire category or may use instead a combination of different tiers according to the significance of subcategories
and data availability.
Example: Applying three different tiers1

While the user may use a combination of Tiers within a single source/sink category, it may wish to apply multiple
tiers to the same activity as a means of quality control through comparative analysis (e.g. Tier 1 vs Tier 2 or Tier 2
vs Tier 3). Although this is a legitimate use of the Software, those comparative analysis shall be done in a separate
database not used for reporting the GHG inventory so avoiding double counting GHG emissions from a source
category.

1.1.4 Reporting of Subdivisions
GHG inventories may be calculated at multiple levels of aggregation (e.g. facility, corporate, regional, national) tomeet various domestic and international needs. Thus, Subdivisions can be entered for all source categories in the
IPPU sector.
Where the user is interested in calculating GHG estimates at a single level of aggregation, e.g. national, in Column|S| either Unspecified is to be selected from the drop-down menu or the single univocal name/code is to be enterede.g. the country name. Where the user is interested in calculating GHG estimates for multiple subdivisions, the univocal
name/code for each subdivision will be entered in Column |S|, users have full flexibility to name those subdivisions
based on user-specific circumstances. Nevertheless, care shall be taken to ensure that subdivisions do not overlap
so causing a double counting of some emissions.
Every calculation worksheet2 includes filters to enable the user to view data entry, by subdivision.

In this example, Tier 1 – estimating fuel requirement based on ammonia production, Tier 2 – total fuel requirement for eachfuel type, Tier 3 – fuel requirement for each fuel type at a specific plant.
2 Those can also be referred as TABs of the Software1

22 | P a g e

Example: subdivisions and applying filter

Example: viewing filtered results

Example: Tiers and Subdivisions – Combination (Several Tiers in One Worksheet Table)

23 | P a g e

Example: Tiers and Subdivisions – Multiple (Several Tiers in Different Worksheet Tables)

1.1.5 Biogenic fuels, feedstocks and reductants
Biogenic fuels may be used in the IPPU sector as a feedstock or a reductant (e.g. biochar), particularly in the chemical
and metal industry. CO2 emissions from use of biogenic fuels in the IPPU sector are not included in reporting tablesof national GHG inventories, however, there may nevertheless be interest in tracking the use of these biogenic fuels.
All source categories in the IPPU sector in which use of biogenic fuels is possible include a separate column(s), in
magenta, to allow the user to indicate that the fuel input used in the process is of biogenic origin. In addition, forthese categories, totals are provided including and excluding biogenic CO2. Note that emissions of CO2 frombiogenic origin in the IPPU sector will not be included in any JSON file generated for UNFCCC reporting.
Example: designation of biogenic fuels in a source category

For these same categories, the Capture and storage or other reduction worksheet provides a column to allow the user toindicate if the CO2 captured is of biogenic origin. Unlike the case with emissions of CO2 of biogenic origin, thecapture of CO2 of biogenic origin will be included in any JSON file generated for UNFCCC reporting.

24 | P a g e

Example: Capture of biogenic CO2

For more information on the reporting of emissions and removals of CO2 of biogenic origin and reporting to the
UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool, see Annex I.
1.1.6 Uncertainty and Time Series data entry
To enter data on Uncertainties or to enter Time Series data, calculation worksheets have dedicated tabs that can beaccessed through buttons placed at the lower right-hand side of the worksheet. Users may learn more about how to
use these functionalities in the general User Manual of the Software (“Help” tab).
Example: tabs for uncertainties and time series data entry

Time series data entry
In each worksheet, there is a button Time Series data entry as shown in the screenshot below. After clicking on the tab
Time Series data entry users can select the necessary parameters from the Parameters bar that can beexported/imported, depending on the information contained in each specific worksheet. To use this functionality,
user must have the Software configured to include all inventory years in the time series, and each year must be
populated with minimum identifying information (e.g. subdivision name and process technology/fuel, etc).

25 | P a g e

Example: Time Series Export/Import

To use this functionality users:
1. Select in TAB Application, sub-TAB Inventory Year, the time-period of the inventory and click on Apply
to save it.

2. Ensure relevant identifying information is populated for each inventory year. The minimum information
can be identified by selecting Export to Excel and noting the column headers. For example, for cement
production, information on Subdivision and Individual Type of Cement Produced must be completed for each
inventory year, while for nitric acid production, Subdivision and Production process/technology must be
provided in order to be able to copy and paste underlying data into the exported data entry grids.

26 | P a g e

Example: Preparing for Time Series Export/Import

3. Select the Export to Excel button, name and save the file.
4. Users can open this exported file and make changes directly there for various years. Users can make changes
in all white cells.
5. Once changes are made, then users can import the modified file into the Software (by clicking the Import from
Excel button).
Uncertainty
In some categories of the Software IPCC default uncertainty information for AD are automatically filled. For IPPU,
further information on the underlying sources of uncertainty and the default uncertainty values that may be used
when country-specific information is not available, can be found in the section titled “Uncertainty Assessment” ofthe 2006 IPCC Guidelines for each source category.
Please note that the Uncertainty Analysis has not yet been enhanced in this version, so this section will be revisedin the next future.

27 | P a g e

Example: uncertainty data entry for AD and EFs

1.1.7 Capture and storage or other reduction
In the IPPU sector all categories include the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction. It contains informationon the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and other reduction of CO2 (e.g., re-conversion tocarbonates) or other GHG (e.g. recovery or destruction). The default assumption is that there is no CO2 captureand storage taking place.
Three notes of importance regarding information included in this worksheet:
1. This worksheet is only to include the amount not accounted previously in other worksheets for the category(e.g. Tier 2 and Tier 3 may contain EFs or methodology which imply reduction/control technologies).
2. The amount of CO2 or other GHGs included in this worksheet must be either permanently stored, or if
not, either excluded from this worksheet, or the user must ensure that subsequent emissions are included
elsewhere in the GHG inventory.
3. Care is to be taken to avoid double counting capture of CO2 between the IPPU and Energy sectors. Any
methodology taking into account CO2 capture should consider that CO2 emissions captured in the process
may be both combustion and process-related. In cases where combustion and process emissions are to bereported separately, e.g. for cement production, inventory compilers should ensure that the same quantities
of CO2 are not double counted.
Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

28 | P a g e

2. IPPU Sector – Categories Guidance
2.A Mineral Industry
2.A.1 Cement Production
Information
Section 2.2 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines provides three Tiers to estimate CO2 emissions from Cement Production.
Countries may gather AD based on cement production data and an assumed clinker fraction of cement (Tier 1),
clinker production data (Tier 2) or carbonates used for cement production (Tier 3).
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHG for the Cement Production source category:
CO2
X

CH4

N2O

HFCs

PFCs

SF6

NF3

IPCC Equations✓ Tier 1: Equations 2.1 and 2.4✓ Tier 2: Equations 2.2 and 2.5✓ Tier 3: Equation 2.3
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specific Tier
3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement the IPCC Tier 1 equation.
Software Worksheets
The Software calculates emissions of CO2 from Cement Production using worksheets:✓ Cement Production (1/2): contains for each subdivision and individual type of cement produced,
information on the amount of cement produced and clinker fraction to estimate mass of clinker produced.
✓ Cement Production (2/2): contains for each subdivision information on import and export of clinker
and the clinker CO2 EF. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ Clinker Production – Tier 2: contains for each subdivision information on the amount of clinker
production, the clinker CO2 EF and the correction factor for cement kiln dust (CKD), the latter which canbe entered manually or calculated in the pop-window. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2
emissions.
✓ CO2 Emissions from Carbonates – Tier 3 (1/4): contains for each subdivision information on types ofcarbonates used: amount, CO2 EF and fraction of calcination. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2
emissions✓ CO2 Emissions from uncalcined CKD not recycled to the kiln – Tier 3 (2/4): contains for eachsubdivision information on uncalcined carbonate in CKD not recycled to the kiln: amount of CKD and
the weight fraction not recycled, calcination fraction and the CO2 EF. The worksheet calculates theassociated CO2 emissions.
✓ CO2 Emissions from carbon bearing materials – Tier 3 (3/4): contains for each subdivision
information on raw material types (additional carbon bearing materials): amount, carbon fraction and CO2
EF. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ CO2 Emissions summary – Tier 3 (4/4): this worksheet automatically sums up total emissions from theprevious three worksheets of Tier 3✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on CO2 capture (with subsequent storage)
and other reduction of CO2, not accounted previously in the worksheets for different Tiers.

29 | P a g e

User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 2.1 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, GHG
estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to theavailability of AD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart for Cement
Production.
Cement Production – flowchart
by Subdivision
by Type of Cement

by Clinker Typeby Carbonate Type

Tier 1 equations

Tier 2 equations

Tier 3 equations

STEP A.1
Cement Production (1/2)
Input AD and parameters(amount of cement produced
and clinker fraction)

STEP A.2
Clinker production – Tier 2
Input AD (clinker
production)

STEP B.1
Cement Production (2/2)
Input AD and EFs(amount of import/export ofclinker, EF for clinker, CKD
correction)
Step B.1.1
Calculated EF[Pop-up Table]
Input parameters forcalculation of EF

Step C.1
Cement Production (2/2)
CO2 Emissions

STEP B.2
Clinker production – Tier 2
Input EF for clinker
Step B.2.1
Calculated EF[Pop-up Table]
Input parameters forcalculation of EF
Step B.2.2
CKD factor[Pop-up Table]
Input parameters for
CKD correction factor

Step C.2
Clinker Production – Tier 2
CO2 Emissions

Step A.3.1
CO2 Emissions from Carbonates (1/4)
Input AD for Carbonates
Step B.3.1
CO2 Emissions from Carbonates (1/4)
Input EF and Calcination factor
Step A.3.2
CO2 Emissions from uncalcined CKD (2/4)
Input AD and parameters for CKD

Step B.3.2
CO2 Emissions from uncalcined CKD (2/4)
Input EF for CKD
Step A.3.3
CO2 Emissions from carbon bearing materials (3/4)
Input AD for carbon bearing materials
Step B.3.3
CO2 Emissions from carbon bearing materials (3/4)
Input EF for carbon bearing materials
Step C.3
CO2 Emissions Summary – Tier 3 (4/4)
CO2 Emissions

Step DD
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of CO2 captured (and stored) or reduced otherwise

Thus, for the source-category:
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).

1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

30 | P a g e

Then, for each subdivision, if any:
When Tier 1 Equations are applied:
Step A.1, in the worksheets Cement Production (1/2), users collect and input in the Software information on theamount of each cement type produced and the clinker fraction of cement.
Step B.1, in the worksheet Cement Production (2/2), users enter in the amount of imported and exported clinker.
The user then either calculates, using a pop-up table, or directly inputs the CO2 EF for clinker and applies the CKD
correction factor.
Step C.1, in the worksheet Cement Production (2/2), for each subdivision, CO2 emissions are calculated in massunits (tonnes and Gg). In addition, total CO2 emissions are calculated.
When Tier 2 Equations are applied:
Step A.2, in the worksheet Clinker Production – Tier 2, users collect and input in the Software information on theamount of each clinker type produced.
Step B.2, in the worksheet Clinker Production – Tier 2, users either calculate, using a pop-up table (Step B.2.1),
or directly input the CO2 EF for clinker. In Tier 2 the information to estimate the correction factor for CKD not
recycled to the kiln is also needed and is either calculated, using a pop-up table (Step B.2.2), or directly input.
Step C.2, in the worksheet Clinker Production – Tier 2, for each subdivision, CO2 emissions are calculated inmass units (Gg). In addition, total CO2 emissions are calculated.
When the Tier 3 Equation is applied:
Steps A.3 -A.3.3, in the three worksheets CO2 Emissions from Carbonates – Tier 3 (1/4), CO2 Emissions
from uncalcined CKD not recycled to the kiln – Tier 3 (2/4), and CO2 Emissions from carbon-bearing
materials – Tier 3 (3/4), users collect and input in the Software information on types of carbonates used (amountand fraction of calcination), on uncalcined carbonate in CKD not recycled to the kiln (amount of carbonates,
calcination fraction), and on raw materials types (additional carbon bearing materials – amount and carbon fraction).
Steps B.3.1-B.3.3, in the three worksheets CO2 Emissions from Carbonates – Tier 3 (1/4), CO2 Emissions
from uncalcined CKD not recycled to the kiln – Tier 3 (2/4), and CO2 Emissions from carbon bearing
materials – Tier 3 (3/4), users input EFs based on carbonates used and for the uncalcined carbonate in CKD not
recycled to the kiln.
Step C.3, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions summary – Tier 3 (4/4), the Software calculates the associated CO2
emissions for each subdivision in mass units (tonnes and Gg). In addition, total CO2 emissions are calculated.
Then, for Tier 2 and Tier 3, as appropriate:
Step DD, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, if applicable for higher-tiered methods, users
collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and other reduction of
CO2 (e.g., re-conversion to carbonates).
Activity data input
Section 2.2.1.3, Chapter 2, Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD for
cement production.
Input of AD for the Cement Production source category requires the user first to enter information on thesubdivisions in the country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for the entire
category, with its univocal name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g. “country name” or “Unspecified” asselected from the drop-down menu].

31 | P a g e

Example: single subdivision (unspecified)

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions

When Tier 1 Equations are applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet Cement Production (1/2), row byrow, as follows:
1. Column |Individual type of Cement Produced|: select the type of cement produced from the drop-down
menu, or, if unknown, select Unspecified (one row for each type of cement produced).
2. Column |A|: input the mass of individual type of cement produced, in tonnes.
3. Column |B|: select from the drop-down menu the clinker fraction in cement produced, fraction. If known,
the user may directly enter an appropriate value. With this information, the worksheet calculates the clinker
content of cement for each row.
Then, in worksheet Cement Production (2/2), for each subdivision:
1. Column |A|: automatically calculates the total clinker content for each subdivision.
Example: Automatic calculation of clinker content for each subdivision

2. Column |B|: input the amount of imported clinker, in tonnes.
3. Column |C|: input the amount of exported clinker, in tonnes.

32 | P a g e

When Tier 2 Equations are applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet Clinker production – Tier 2, row
by row, as follows:
1. Column |Name of plant or type of clinker|: Enter a name for plant/facility and/or type of clinker produced.
2. Column |A|: enter the amount of clinker production, in tonnes.
Example: AD for Tier 2 clinker production for each subdivision

When Tier 3 Equations are applied:
For Tier 3, for each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, there are three worksheets to input AD as follows:i.
CO2 Emissions from Carbonates – Tier 3 (1/4):
1. Column |i|: select from the drop-down menu the type of carbonate used or enter in directly any user-specificcarbonate.
2. Column |Mi|: for each subdivision/ carbonate type, users enter information on the mass of carbonate
consumed, in tonnes.
Example: AD for Tier 3 – Amount of carbonates consumedii.

CO2 Emissions from uncalcined CKD not recycled to the kiln – Tier 3 (2/4):

Note that this worksheet will have the same subdivisions entered in the previous worksheet (1/4) available for selection from the drop-down menu. For each subdivision
users enter the following:

1. Column |Md|: input weight or mass of CKD not recycled to the kiln, in tonnes.
2. Column |Cd|: input the weight fraction of original carbonate in the CKD (i.e., before calcination) not recycled
to the kiln, fraction.
33 | P a g e

Note that because calcium carbonate is overwhelmingly the dominant carbonate in the raw materials, it may be assumed that it makes up 100 percent of the
carbonate remaining in the CKD not recycled to the kiln. It is thus acceptable within good practice to set Cd as equal to the calcium carbonate ratio in the raw
material feed to the kiln.

Example: AD for Tier 3 – Amount of uncalcined CKD not recycled to the kilniii.

CO2 Emissions from carbon-bearing materials – Tier 3 (3/4):

Note that this worksheet will have the same subdivisions entered in worksheet (1/4) available for selection from the drop-down menu. For each subdivision users enter
the following:

1. Column |k|: input the type of carbon-bearing non-fuel materials.
2. Column |Mk|: input the weight or mass of organic or other carbon-bearing non-fuel raw materials, intonnes.
3. Column |Xk|: input the fraction of total organic or other carbon in specific non-fuel raw material, fraction.
Note that the CO2 emissions from non-carbonate carbon (e.g., carbon in kerogen, carbon in fly ash) in the non-fuel raw materials can be ignored (set Mk• Xk • EFk = 0), if the heat contribution from kerogen or other carbon is < 5 percent of total heat (from fuels).

Example: AD for Tier 3 – Amount of carbon-bearing materials

Emission factor input
In the category 2.A.1 Cement Production there are two main factors used across Tiers (1, 2 and 3) to define theCO2 EF: i) CO2 EF for clinker in tonnes of CO2 per tonne of clinker (Section 2.2.1.2 and Equation 2.4 in Chapter
2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines) and ii) carbon content or CO2 content of carbonates used, tonnes of CO2
per tonne carbonate (Table 2.1 in Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines).
The first one – CO2 EF for clinker – is used in the following worksheets and based on country-specific or default
assumptions, as further elaborated below for each tier:✓ Cement Production – Tier 1 (2/2)✓ Clinker Production – Tier 2
34 | P a g e

The second EF - CO2 EF for carbonates – is used in the following worksheets and based on stoichiometry or
formula weights and CO2 ratios in common carbonate species (e.g. calcite - CaCO3)✓✓✓✓

Clinker Production – Tier 2 (for CKD)
CO2 Emissions from Carbonates – Tier 3 (1/4)
CO2 Emissions from uncalcined CKD not recycled to the kiln – Tier 3 (2/4)
CO2 Emissions from carbon-bearing materials – Tier 3 (3/4)
When Tier 1 Equations are applied:

The Cement Production (2/2) worksheet is pre-filled by the Software with a number of rows corresponding to
the number of unique subdivisions in worksheet Cement Production (1/2) and the total mass of clinker in that
subdivision. Then:
1. Column |D|: Select either Specified or Calculated for the CO2 EF.
✓ If specified, directly enter the default CO2 EF for clinker of 0.51 tonne CO2 per tonne of clinker(uncorrected for CKD), or instead enter a user-specific CO2 EF.
Note that the Tier 1 default CO2 EF assumes a default CaO content for clinker of 65 percent and 100 percent of the CaO comes from
calcium carbonate material.

Example: Tier 1 EF for clinker✓ If calculated, the user may calculate the CO2 EF based on user-specific information on percentagesof CaO content of clinker and non-carbonate sources of CaO. To do this, select the edit box andenter in the user-specific information.
Note that for the default CaO composition: 1 tonne of clinker contains 0.65 tonnes CaO from CaCO3. This carbonate is 56.03 percent
CaO and 43.97 percent CO2 by weight. The amount of CaCO3 needed to yield 0.65 tonnes CaO is 0.65/0.5603 = 1.1601 tonnes CaCO3(unrounded). The amount of CO2 released by calcining this CaCO3 = 1.1601 • 0.4397 = 0.5101 tonnes CO2 (unrounded). The Tier 1 is
not corrected for MgO content. Assuming no correction for CKD, the rounded default EF for clinker is 0.51tonnes CO2 / tonne clinker.

2. Column |E|: Select from the drop-down menu the default correction factor for CKD, or enter a userspecific value, dimensionless.

35 | P a g e

Example: Calculating a Tier 1 EF for clinker

When Tier 2 Equations are applied:
For each subdivision/plant in worksheet Clinker production – Tier 2, then:1.

Column |B|: Select either Specified or Calculated for the CO2 EF.
✓ If specified, directly enter the default CO2 EF for clinker of 0.51 tonne CO2 per tonne of clinker,
uncorrected for CKD, or instead enter a user-specific CO2 EF.
✓ If calculated, the user may calculate the CO2 EF based on user-specific information on percentagesof CaO content of clinker and non-carbonate sources of CaO and, optionally, the percent of MgO
derived from carbonate. To do this, select the edit box and enter in the user-specific information.
Example: Calculating a Tier 2 EF for clinker✓ Column |C|: Additional information is needed to estimate the correction factor for CKD not recycled into
the kiln. The factor can be entered manually (the default is 1.02 (dimensionless)) or can be estimated based
36 | P a g e

on several input data and parameters (a pop-up table). To estimate the CKD factor for each subdivision andplant or type of clinker, select the edit box and enter the following information:✓ Weight of CKD not recycled to the kiln (Md), tonnes.
Note that it is assumed that 100 percent of the CKD is first captured. If any CKD vents to the atmosphere, an estimate of this quantity must
be made and included in the Md.

✓ Weight of clinker produced (Mcl), tonnes.
✓ Fraction of original carbonate in the CKD (i.e., before calcination) (Cd), fraction
Note that it is acceptable to assume that the original carbonate is all CaCO3 and that the proportion of original
carbonate in the CKD is essentially the same as that in the raw mix kiln feed.

✓ Fraction calcination of the original carbonate in the CKD, fraction (Fd)✓ Emission factor for the carbonate (Table 2.1) (EFc), tonnes CO2/tonne carbonate may be selectedfrom the drop-down menu or manually entered.
✓ Emission factor for clinker uncorrected for CKD (EFcl), tonnes CO2/tonne clinker
Note that the EF should be equal to the EF specified/calculated in Column |B|
For example, in illustration below, for Md/Mcl = 0.2, Cd = 0.85, Fd = 0.5, original carbonate all CaCO3 (hence EFc = 0.4397 tonne CO2/tonne
carbonate), and EFcl = user value of 0.52 tonne CO2/tonne clinker, the CFckd = 1.072 (unrounded) - that is, this represents about a 7 percent
addition to the CO2 calculated for the clinker alone

Example: Pop-up table for CKD estimation (Tier 2 Cement Production)

When Tier 3 Equations are applied:
For each subdivision/carbonate type in worksheet CO2 emissions from carbonates -Tier 3 (1/4):
1. Column |EFi|: the CO2 EF is automatically populated in tonne of CO2 per tonne of carbonate, based on
the carbonate selected from the drop-down menu in column i. If a user-specific carbonate was entered incolumn i, enter the stoichiometric based EF for that carbonate in Column |EFi|.
2. Column |Fi|: enter fraction of calcination achieved for carbonate.
Note that in the absence of actual data, it may be assumed that, at the temperatures and residence times achieved in cement (clinker) kilns, the degree ofcalcination achieved for all material incorporated in the clinker is 100 percent (i.e., Fi = 1.00) or very close to it.

Then, in worksheet CO2 Emissions from uncalcined CKD not recycled to the kiln – Tier 3 (2/4):
1. Column |Fd|: enter fraction of calcination achieved for CKD.
Note that for CKD, a Fd of <1.00 is more likely but the data may show high variability and relatively low reliability. In the absence of reliable data for
CKD, an assumption of Fd = 1.00 will result in the correction for CKD to equal zero.

2. Column |EFd|: enter EF for the uncalcined carbonate in CKD, in tonnes CO2/tonne carbonate.
37 | P a g e

Note that because calcium carbonate is overwhelmingly the dominant carbonate in the raw materials, it may be assumed that it makes up 100 percent of
the carbonate remaining in the CKD not recycled to the kiln. It is thus acceptable within good practice to set Cd as equal to the calcium carbonate ratio in
the raw material feed to the kiln. Likewise, it is acceptable to use the emission factor for calcium carbonate for EFd.

Then, in worksheet CO2 Emissions from carbon-bearing non-fuel materials – Tier 3 (3/4):
1. Column |EFk|: enter the EF for kerogen or other non-bearing non-fuel raw material, in tonnes CO2/tonne
carbonate.
Note that the CO2 emissions from non-carbonate carbon (e.g., carbon in kerogen, carbon in fly ash) in the non-fuel raw materials can be ignored (set Mk• Xk • EFk = 0) if the heat contribution from kerogen or other carbon is < 5 percent of total heat (from fuels).

Results
CO2 emissions from Cement Production are estimated in mass units (tonnes and Gg) by the Software for each row,and the total for all rows, in the following worksheets:✓ For Tier 1: Cement Production – Tier 1 (2/2)✓ For Tier 2: Clinker Production – Tier 2✓ For Tier 3: CO2 Emissions summary – Tier 3 (4/4)
Total CO2 emissions from cement production is the sum of all emissions in the above worksheets, taking into
account any CO2 capture with subsequent storage. The worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction isprovided in the Software to estimate CO2 capture and storage.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |A| users collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage),in tonnes.
2. Column |B|: users collect and input information on other long-term reduction of CO2 (e.g., re-conversion
to carbonates),in tonnes. Column |B| may include short-term CO2 capture only in cases where thesubsequent CO2 emissions from use are included elsewhere in the GHG inventory.
Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

38 | P a g e

2.A.2 Lime Production
Information
Section 2.3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines provides three basic methodologies to estimate CO2 emissions from Lime
Production: an output-based approach using default values (Tier 1), an output-based approach that estimatesemissions from CaO and CaO·MgO production and country-specific information for correction factors (Tier 2)
and an input-based carbonate approach (Tier 3). Unlike the Tier 3 method which requires a plant-specific assessment,
the Tier 1 and Tier 2 methods can be applied either to national, or where possible, plant statistics.
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHG for the Lime Production source category:
CO2
X

CH4

N2O

HFCs

PFCs

SF6

NF3

IPCC Equations✓ Tier 1:Equation 2.8✓ Tier 2: Equations 2.6 and 2.9✓ Tier 3:Equation 2.7
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specificTier 3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement the IPCC Tier 1 equation.
Software Worksheets
The Software calculates emissions of CO2 from Lime Production using worksheets:✓ Lime Production – Tier 1: contains for each subdivision and type of lime produced: information on theamount of lime produced and the lime EF. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ Lime Production – Tier 2: contains for each subdivision, name of plant and type of lime produced
information on the amount of lime produced, the stoichiometric ratio of CO2 from CaO (or CaO·MgO),
CaO (or CaO·MgO) content, correction factor for lime kiln dust (LKD), and the correction factor forhydrated lime. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ CO2 Emissions from Carbonates – Tier 3 (1/3): contains for each subdivision information on types andamounts of carbonates used, the CO2 EF and fraction of calcination achieved. The worksheet calculates
the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ CO2 Emissions from uncalcined LKD not recycled to the kiln – Tier 3 (2/3): contains for eachsubdivision information on the amount of uncalcined carbonate in LKD not recycled to the kiln, the weightfraction of original carbonate in the LKD, the calcination fraction achieved and the CO2 EF. The worksheet
calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ CO2 Emissions summary – Tier 3 (3/3): this worksheet automatically sums up total emissions from theprevious two worksheets of Tier 3.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction contains information on CO2 capture (with subsequent storage)
and other reduction of CO2, not accounted previously in the worksheets for different Tiers.
User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 2.2 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, GHG
estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to theavailability of AD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements.

1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

39 | P a g e

To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse the user follows the following flowchart for Lime
Production.
Lime Production – flowchart
by Subdivision

by Type of Limeby Type of Limeby Carbonate Type

Tier 1 equations

Tier 2 equations

Tier 3 equations

STEP A.1
Lime Production
Input AD (amount of lime
produced)

STEP A.2
Lime Production – Tier 2
Input AD (amount of lime
produced)

STEP B.1
Lime Production
Input EF for lime

Step C.1
Lime Production
CO2 Emissions

STEP B.2
Lime Production – Tier 2
Input EF for lime
Step B.2.1
LKD Correction factor[Pop-up Table]
Input AD/parameters
Step B.2.2
Correction factor for
Hydrated Lime
[Pop-up Table]
Input parameters
Step C.2
Lime Production – Tier 2
CO2 Emissions

Step A.3.1
CO2 Emissions from Carbonates (1/3)
Input AD for Carbonates
Step B.3.1
CO2 Emissions from Carbonates (1/3)
Input EF and Calcination factor
Step A.3.2
CO2 Emissions from uncalcined LKD (2/3)
Input AD and parameters for LKD
Step B.3.2
CO2 Emissions from uncalcined LKD (2/3)
Input EF for LKD
Step C.3
CO2 Emissions Summary – Tier 3 (3/3)
CO2 Emissions

Step DD
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of CO2 captured (and stored) or reduced otherwise

Thus, for the source-category:
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
Step A.1, in the worksheet Lime Production – Tier 1, users collect and input in the Software information on theamount of each lime type produced.
Step B.1, in the worksheet Lime Production – Tier 1, users input an EF based on type of lime produced.
Step C.1, in the worksheet Lime Production – Tier 1, the Software calculates the associated CO2 emissions for eachsubdivision in mass units (tonnes and Gg). In addition, the total emissions are calculated.
When Tier 2 Equations are applied:
Step A.2, in the worksheet Lime Production – Tier 2, users collect and input in the Software information on theamount of each lime type produced, for each plant (if known).
40 | P a g e

Step B.2, in the worksheet Lime Production – Tier 2, users input EFs either based on type of lime produced.
Information to estimate the correction factor for LKD not recycled to the kiln is needed (Step B.2.0) and forhydrated lime (Step B.2.1).
Step C.2, in the worksheet Lime Production – Tier 2, the Software calculates the associated CO2 emissions foreach subdivision in mass units (tonnes and Gg). In addition, total emissions are calculated.
When the Tier 3 Equation is applied:
Step A.3.1, in the worksheets CO2 Emissions from Carbonates – Tier 3 (1/3) users collect and input in the
Software information on the types of carbonates used (amount and fraction of calcination) and in Step B.3.1, in thesame worksheet, EFs based on carbonates used.
Step A.3.2, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from uncalcined LKD not recycled to the kiln – Tier 3 (2/3),
users collect and input information on the amount of LKD not recycled to the kiln, the weight fraction of carbonatesin the LKD and the calcination fraction achieved, and in Step B.3.2, in the same worksheet, information to estimate
the correction factor for LKD not recycled to the kiln is entered.
Step C.3, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions summary – Tier 3 (3/3), the Software calculates the associated CO2
emissions in mass units (tonnes and Gg). In addition, the total emissions are calculated.
Then, for each tier, as appropriate:
Step DD, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, if applicable for higher-tiered methods, users
collect and input in the Software information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and otherreduction of CO2 (e.g., re-conversion to carbonates).
Activity data input
Section 2.3.1.3, in Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD forlime production.
Input of AD for the Lime Production source category requires the user first to enter information on the subdivisions
in the country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for the entire category,with its univocal name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g. “country name” or “Unspecified” as selectedfrom the drop-down menu].
Example: single subdivision (unspecified)

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.

41 | P a g e

Example: multiple subdivisions

When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet Lime Production- Tier 1, row byrow, as follows:
1. Column |Type of Lime Produced|: select from the drop-down menu the type of lime produced. If the typeof lime is unknown, select All lime production.
Note that, if type of lime is unknown, the 2006 IPCC Guidelines assume a breakdown of 85 percent high calcium lime / 15 percent dolomitic lime.

2. Column |A|: input the mass of each type of lime produced, in tonnes.
When Tier 2 Equations are applied:

For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet Lime Production- Tier 2, row byrow, as follows:
1. Column |Name of plant|: enter the name of a plant/facility. If unknown, select Unspecified from the dropdown menu.
2. Column |Type of Lime Produced|: select the type of lime produced from the drop-down menu or enter ina user-specific type of lime produced.
3. Column |B|: enter the amount of lime produced, in tonnes.
Example: AD for Tier 2 lime production for each subdivision

42 | P a g e

When the Tier 3 Equation is applied:
For Tier 3, for each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, there are two worksheets to input AD as follows:i.

CO2 Emissions from Carbonates – Tier 3 (1/3):

1. Column |i|: select from the drop-down menu the type of carbonate used or enter in directly any userspecific carbonate.
2. Column |Mi|: for each subdivision/ carbonate type, users enter the mass of carbonate consumed, in tonnes.
Example: AD for Tier 3 – amount of carbonates consumedii.

CO2 Emissions from uncalcined LKD not recycled to the kiln – Tier 3 (2/3):

Note that this worksheet will have the same subdivisions entered in the previous worksheet (1/3) available for selection from the drop-down menu. For eachsubdivision users enter the following:

1. Column |Md|: input weight or mass of LKD not recycled to the kiln, in tonnes
2. Column |Cd|: input the weight fraction of original carbonate in the LKD (i.e., before calcination) notrecycled to the kiln, fraction
Note that because calcium carbonate is overwhelmingly the dominant carbonate in the raw materials, it may be assumed that it makes up 100 percent of
the carbonate remaining in the CKD not recycled to the kiln. It is thus acceptable within good practice to set Cd as equal to the calcium carbonate ratio
in the raw material feed to the kiln.

Example: AD for Tier 3 – Amount of uncalcined LKD not recycled to the kiln

Emission factor input
Section 2.3.1.2 in Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of EF forLime Production. IPCC default values for the Tier 1 and Tier 2 methods are contained in Equation 2.8 and Table
2.4, while the stoichiometric EF for use of each type of carbonates is found in Table 2.1. Then,

43 | P a g e

When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
For each subdivision in worksheet Lime Production- Tier 1:
1. Column |B|: the default CO2 EF is automatically populated, in tonnes CO2/tonne lime produced,
depending on the type of lime produced in Column |Type of Lime Produced|. The user may overwrite
this value with user-specific information.
Note that the Tier 1 EF is based on stoichiometric ratios, which varies depending on the type of lime produced. The stoichiometric ratio is the amount of
CO2 released by the carbonate precursor to the lime, assuming that the degree of calcination was 100 percent and assuming no LKD. In the absence ofcountry-specific data, the selection of All Lime Production as the type of lime produced assumes 85 percent production of high calcium lime and 15 percent
production of dolomitic lime, which results in a default EF = 0.75tonnes CO2 / tonne lime produced.

Example: Tier 1 EF for lime – different types of limes

When Tier 2 Equations are applied:
For each subdivision/name of plant/type of lime produced in worksheet Lime Production – Tier 2, then:
1. Column |C|: select from the drop-down menu the relevant stoichiometric ratio for the type of lime
produced, tonnes CO2/tonne CaO or tonnes CO2/tonne CaO·MgO.
2. Column |D|: select from the drop-down menu the relevant CaO Content or CaO·MgO content, tonnes
CaO/tonne lime or tonnes CaO·MgO/tonne lime.
3. Column |E|: Additional information is needed to estimate the correction factor for LKD not recycled into
the kiln. The factor can be entered manually (the default is 1.02 (dimensionless)) or can be estimated basedon several input data and parameters (a pop-up table). To estimate the LKD factor for each subdivisionand plant and type of lime produced, select the edit box and enter the following information:✓ Weight of LKD not recycled to the kiln (Md), tonnes.
✓ Weight of lime produced (Ml), tonnes.
✓ Fraction of original carbonate in the LKD (i.e., before calcination) (Cd), fraction
Note that it is acceptable to assume that the original carbonate is all CaCO3 and that the proportion of original carbonate in the LKD
is essentially the same as that in the raw mix kiln feed.

✓ Fraction calcination of the original carbonate in the LKD (Fd), fraction
4. Column |F|: Additional information is needed to estimate the correction factor for hydrated lime (seediscussion under Section 2.3.1.3 Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines). The factor can be enteredmanually (the default is 0.97 (dimensionless)) or can be estimated based on the following input data andparameters (a pop-up table).
✓ Proportion of hydrated lime (X), fraction✓ Water content (Y), fraction

44 | P a g e

Example: Tier 2 EF for lime production

When the Tier 3 Equation is applied:
For each subdivision/carbonate type in worksheet CO2 Emissions from Carbonates – Tier 3 (1/3):
1. Column |EFi|: the EF is automatically populated in tonne of CO2 per tonne of carbonate, based on the
carbonate selected from the drop-down menu in column i. If a user-specific carbonate was entered incolumn i, enter the stoichiometric based EF for that carbonate in Column |EFi|.
2. Column |Fi|: enter fraction of calcination achieved for carbonate.
Note that in the absence of actual data, it is consistent with good practice to assume that the degree of calcination achieved is 100 percent (i.e., Fi =1.00) or very close to it.

Example: Tier 3 EF for lime production

45 | P a g e

Then, in worksheet CO2 Emissions from uncalcined LKD not recycled to the kiln – Tier 3 (2/3):
1.
2.

Column |Cd|: enter the weight fraction of original carbonate in the LKD.
Column |Fd|: enter fraction calcination achieved for LKD.
Note that in the absence of actual data, it is consistent with good practice to assume that the degree of calcination achieved is 100 percent (i.e., Fi = 1.00)
or very close to it. For LKD, a Fd of <1.00 is more likely but the data may show high variability and relatively low reliability. In the absence of reliabledata for LKD, an assumption of Fd = 1.00 will zero out the subtraction correction for uncalcined carbonate remaining in LKD.

3.

Column |EFd|: enter the EF for the uncalcined carbonate in LKD, tonnes CO2/tonne carbonate
Note that because calcium carbonate is overwhelmingly the dominant carbonate in the raw materials, in the absence of better data it may be assumed thatit makes up 100 percent of the carbonate remaining in the LKD. It is thus consistent with good practice to set Cd equal to the calcium carbonate ratio in
the raw material feed to the kiln. Likewise, in the absence of better data it is consistent with good practice to use the emission factor for calcium carbonate
for EFd.

Example: Tier 3 EF for lime production - LKD

Results
CO2 emissions from Lime Production are estimated in mass units (tonnes and Gg) by the Software for each row, andthe total for all rows, in the following worksheets:✓ For Tier 1: Lime Production – Tier 1✓ For Tier 2: Lime Production – Tier 2✓ For Tier 3: CO2 Emissions summary – Tier 3 (3/3)
Total CO2 emissions from lime production is the sum of all emissions in the above worksheets, taking into
account any CO2 capture with subsequent storage. The worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction isprovided in the Software to estimate CO2 capture and storage.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |A| users collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequentstorage), in tonnes.
2. Column |B|: users collect and input information on other long-term reduction of CO2 (e.g., reconversion to carbonates), in tonnes. Column |B| may include short-term CO2 capture only in cases
where the subsequent CO2 emissions from use are included elsewhere in the GHG inventory.
Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

46 | P a g e

2.A.3 Glass Production
Information
Section 2.4 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines provides three Tiers to estimate CO2 emissions from Glass Production. Tier
1 method should be used where data are not available on glass manufactured by process or on the carbonates usedin glass manufacturing. Tier 1 applies a default EF and cullet ratio to national-level glass production statistics.
Tier 2 is a refinement of Tier 1. Instead of collecting national statistics on total glass production, emissions are
estimated based on the different glass manufacturing processes undertaken in the country (e.g., float glass, container
glass, fibre glass, etc). Different manufacturing processes typically use different types and ratios of raw materials.
Tier 2 method applies default EFs to each glass manufacturing process. The emission estimate must be corrected
for the portion of recycled glass (cullet).
The Tier 3 methodology is based on accounting for the carbonate input to the glass melting furnace (similar to themethodology for Cement and Lime Production).
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHG for the Glass Production source category:
CO2
X

CH4

N2O

HFCs

PFCs

SF6

NF3

IPCC Equations✓ Tier 1:Equations 2.10 and 2.13
✓ Tier 2: Equation 2.11
✓ Tier 3: Equation 2.12
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specific Tier
3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement the IPCC Tier 1 equation.
Software Worksheets
The Software calculates emissions of CO2 from Glass Production using worksheets:✓ Glass Production – Tier 1/2: contains for each subdivision information on the amount of glass produced
either at the national level (Tier 1, undifferentiated by type of glass) or by individual type of glass (Tier 2),
the CO2 EF and cullet ratio factor. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ Glass Production – Tier 3: contains for each subdivision information on the type and amount ofcarbonate consumed, the CO2 EF and the calcination fraction. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2
emissions.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on CO2 capture (with subsequent storage)
and other reduction of CO2, not accounted previously in the worksheets for different Tiers.
User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 2.3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, GHG
estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to theavailability of AD and of user-specific1 and/or plant-specific EFs, or direct measurements.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart for Glass
Production.

1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate,

subdivision-specific AD and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2
subdivisions of country’s X estimates, a Tier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different regionspecific EFs or applying to both regions the country-specific EF.

47 | P a g e

Flowchart for Glass Production

by Subdivision

Tier 1 equations

by Glass Typeby Carbonate Type

Tier 2 equations

Tier 3 equations

STEP A.1&2
Glass Production – Tier 1/2
Input AD (amount of glass produced
and cullet ratio)

STEP A.3
Glass Production – Tier 3
Input AD (amount ofcarbonates used)

STEP B.1&2
Glass Production – Tier 1/2
Input EF

STEP B.3
Glass Production – Tier 3
Input EF for CO2 andcalcination fraction

Step C.1&2
Glass Production – Tier 1/2
CO2 Emissions

Step C.3
Glass Production – Tier 3
CO2 Emissions

Step DD
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of CO2 captured (and stored) or reduced otherwise

Thus, for the source-category:
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
When Tier 1 or Tier 2 Equations are applied:
Step A.1&2, in the worksheet Glass Production – Tier 1/2, users collect and input in the Software information on
the total amount of glass produced and cullet ratio (Tier 1) or by each type of glass produced (Tier 2), e.g., float
glass, container glass, fibre glass, etc.
Step B.1&2, in worksheet Glass Production – Tier 1/2, users input associated CO2 EFs based on glass produced(either total glass production (Tier 1) or by each type of glass produced (Tier 2).
Step C.1&2, in the worksheet Glass Production – Tier 1/2, the Software calculates the associated CO2 emissions
for each subdivision in mass units (tonnes and Gg) for Tier 1 and 2. In addition, total CO2 emissions are calculated.
When the Tier 3 Equation is applied:
Step A.3, in the worksheet Glass Production – Tier 3, users collect and input in the Software information on thetype and amount of carbonates consumed.
48 | P a g e

Step B. 3, in worksheet Glass Production – Tier 3, users input associated CO2 EFs based on carbonates used andcalcination fraction.
Step C.3, in the worksheet Glass Production – Tier 3, the Software calculates the associated CO2 emissions foreach subdivision in mass units (tonnes and Gg) for Tier 3. In addition, total CO2 emissions are calculated.
Then, for each tier, as appropriate:
Step DD, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, if applicable for higher-tiered methods, users
collect and input in the Software information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and otherreduction of CO2 (e.g., re-conversion to carbonates).
Activity data input
Section 2.4.1.3, Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD for glass
production.
Input of AD for the Glass Production source category requires the user first to enter information on thesubdivisions in the country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for theentire category, with its univocal name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g. “country name” or“Unspecified” as selected from the drop-down menu].
Example: single subdivision (unspecified)

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions

When Tier 1 and Tier 2 Equations are applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet Glass Production – Tier 1/2, row
by row, as follows:
1. Column |i|: select from the drop-down menu the type of melted glass produced, if known, or overwritewith a user-specific type of melted glass (Tier 2). If the type of melted glass is unknown, select from thedrop-down menu All glass production (Tier 1).
2. Column |A|: input the mass of type of glass produced, in tonnes.
3. Column |CRi|: the cullet ratio for each type of glass produced will automatically be populated based on
the type of glass produced, fraction. The user may overwrite with a user-specific cullet ratio.
49 | P a g e

Note that Tier 1 assumes a default cullet ratio of 50 percent. If country specific information is available for the average annual cullet ratio, countries areencouraged to modify the emission factor accordingly. Although the Tier 2 method provides typical default ranges for the cullet ratio (Table 2.6 Chapter 2
Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines), if country-specific or plant-specific data are available countries are encouraged to collect these data. The midpointof the range has been taken as the default.

Example: AD for Tier 1/2 – default cullet ratio (ranges) by type of glass

When the Tier 3 Equation is applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet Glass production – Tier 3, row byrow, as follows:
1. Column |i|: select from the drop-down menu the type of carbonate used or overwrite with user-specificcarbonate.
2. Column |Mi|: for each subdivision/ carbonate type, users enter the mass of carbonate consumed, in tonnes.
Example: AD for Tier 3 – amount of carbonates consumed

Emission factor input
Section 2.4.1.2 in Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of EF for
Glass Production.
There are two types of default EFs:i)ii)

CO2 EF for glass produced in tonne CO2 per tonne of glass produced – Tier 1&2 (Table 2.6 in Chapter
2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines)
CO2 EF for carbonates consumed (based on stoichiometry of carbonates) in tonnes of CO2 per tonneof carbonate used – Tier 3 (Table 2.1 in Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines). Additionally,
calcination fraction of carbonates is needed to make emission estimates.
50 | P a g e

When Tier 1 and Tier 2 Equations are applied:
For each combination of subdivision/type of melted glass produced in worksheet Glass Production – Tier 1/2:
1. Column |EFi|: the default CO2 EF is automatically populated, in tonnes CO2/tonne glass produced,
depending on the type of melted glass produced in Column |Type of melted glass produced|. The user
may overwrite this value with user-specific information.
Example: Tier 1&2 EF for Glass Production

When the Tier 3 Equation is applied:
For each subdivision / carbonate type in worksheet Glass Production – Tier 3:
1. Column |EFi|: the EF is automatically populated in tonne of CO2 per tonne of carbonate, based on the
carbonate selected from the drop-down menu in column i. If a user-specific carbonate was entered incolumn i, enter the stoichiometric based EF for that carbonate in Column |EFi|.
2. Column |Fi|: enter fraction of calcination achieved for carbonate.
Note that where the fraction calcination achieved for the particulate carbonate is not known, it can be assumed that the fraction calcination is equal to
1.00.

51 | P a g e

Example: Tier 3 EF for Glass Production

Results
CO2 emissions from Glass Production are estimated in mass units (tonnes and Gg) by the Software in the following
worksheets:✓ For Tier 1 and Tier 2: Glass Production – Tier 1/2✓ For Tier 3: Glass Production – Tier 3
Total CO2 emissions from glass production is the sum of all emissions in the above worksheets, taking into accountany CO2 capture with subsequent storage. The worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction is provided in
the Software to estimate CO2 capture and storage.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |A| users collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequentstorage), in tonnes.
2. Column |B|: users collect and input information on other long-term reduction of CO2 (e.g., reconversion to carbonates), in tonnes. Column |B| may include short-term CO2 capture only in cases
where the subsequent CO2 emissions from use are included elsewhere in the GHG inventory.
Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

52 | P a g e

2.A.4 Other Process Uses of Carbonates
Information
Section 2.5 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines provides common methodological guidance for the following subcategories:
2.A.4.a Ceramics
2.A.4.b Other Uses of Soda Ash
2.A.4.c Non-Metallurgical Magnesia Production
2.A.4.d Other

Consistent with good practice, where carbonates are consumed in these industries, they are considered in the calculation
worksheets of 2.A.4. Carbonates used in cement, lime and glass production have already been considered in previous
sections of this Users’ Guidebook. As discussed in Section 2.3.1.1 Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines,
all marketed and non-marketed production of lime should be reported under Lime Production. Where limestone isused for the liming of soils, the corresponding amount of carbonates should be excluded from the calculation
worksheets in category 2.A.4, and rather included in the respective source category of the AFOLU sector. Wherecarbonates are used as fluxes or slagging agents (e.g., in iron and steel production, chemical production, or forenvironmental pollution control etc.), AD for that carbonate consumption should be included in those respective
source categories.
The general methodological approach to estimate emissions from use of carbonates is to multiply the amount ofcarbonates consumed by the CO2 EF and the fraction of calcination achieved.

GHGs
The Software includes the following GHG for the Other Process Uses of Carbonates source category:
CO2
X

CH4

N2O

HFCs

PFCs

SF6

NF3

IPCC Equations✓ Tier 1: Equation 2.14
✓ Tier 2: Equation 2.15
✓ Tier 3: Equation 2.16
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specific Tier
3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement the IPCC Tier 1 equation.
Software Worksheets
The Software calculates emissions of CO2 from Other Process Uses of Carbonates using worksheets:✓ Other Process Uses of Carbonates – Tier 1/2/3: contains for each subdivision information on theamount of carbonate consumed either at the national level (Tier 1, undifferentiated by type of carbonate,
total) or by specifying the amount of dolomite and limestone used (Tier 2) or by individual type of carbonate
used (Tier 3), and the calcination fraction achieved. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on CO2 capture (with subsequent storage)
and other reduction of CO2, not accounted previously in the worksheets for different Tiers.

53 | P a g e

User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 2.4 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, GHG
estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to theavailability of AD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart for Other
Process Uses of Carbonates.
Other Process Uses of Carbonates - flowchart
by Subdivision

Tier 1equationsby Dolomite/
Limestone

by Carbonate
Type

Tier 2equationsTier 3equations

STEP A
Other Processes Uses of Carbonates
Input AD(amount of carbonate consumed)
STEP B
Other Processes Uses of Carbonates
Input EF and calcination factor

Step C
Other Processes Uses of Carbonates
CO2 Emissions

Step D
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of CO2 captured (and stored) or
reduced otherwise

Thus, for the relevant source-category:
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
Step A, in the worksheet Other Process Uses of Carbonates – Tier 1/2/3, users collect and input in the Software
information on the amount of carbonate(s) consumed either at the national level (Tier 1, undifferentiated by typeof carbonate, total) or by specifying the amount of dolomite and limestone used (Tier 2) or by individual type ofcarbonate used (Tier 3), as well as the calcination fraction achieved.

1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

54 | P a g e

Step B, in the worksheet Other Process Uses of Carbonates – Tier 1/2/3, users collect and input associated
CO2 EFs based on type of carbonates used.
Step C, in the worksheet Other Process Uses of Carbonates – Tier 1/2/3, the Software calculates the associatedCO2 emissions for each subdivision in mass units (tonnes and Gg). In addition, total CO2 emissions are calculated.
Step D, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, if applicable for higher-tiered methods, users
collect and input in the Software information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and otherreduction of CO2 (e.g., re-conversion to carbonates).
Activity data input
Section 2.5.1.3, Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD for
Other Process Uses of Carbonates.
Input of AD for the Other Process Uses of Carbonates source category requires the user first to enter informationon the subdivisions in the country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for theentire category, with its univocal name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g. “country name” or “Unspecified”
as selected from the drop-down menu].
Example: single subdivision (unspecified) and AD – Tier 1

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions – AD Tier 2 and Tier 3

Then, for each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet Other Process Uses ofCarbonates- Tier 1/2/3, row by row, as follows:
1. Column |i|: select the type of carbonate from the drop-down menu or enter in a user-specific type.
2. Column |Mi|: input the mass of individual carbonate consumed, in tonnes.
Note that in the Tier 1 method, the inventory compiler should collect AD for total carbonate consumption for emissive uses (see Table 2.7 in Chapter 2
Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines). In the absence of better data, it is consistent with good practice for inventory compilers to assume that 85 percent
carbonates consumed are limestone and 15 percent of carbonates consumed are dolomite. Tier 2 requires national level information only on total limestone
and dolomite consumed.

55 | P a g e

Emission factor input
Section 2.5.1.2 in Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of EF for
Other Process Uses of Carbonates.
Both Tier 1 and Tier 2 assume only limestone and dolomite are consumed; use of limestone results in 0.43971 tonneof CO2 per tonne of limestone and dolomite, 0.47732 tonne of CO2 per tonne of dolomite. For Tier 1, a ratio of 85(limestone)/15 (dolomite) is assumed, resulting in an EF of 0.44535 tonne of CO2 per tonne of carbonate. Tier 3
also applies stoichiometric EFs for CO2 from carbonates which are provided in Table 2.1 Chapter 2 Volume 3 ofthe 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
For each combination of subdivision/carbonate type in worksheet Other Process Uses of Carbonates – Tier
1/2/3:
1. Column |EFi|: the EF is automatically populated in tonne of CO2 per tonne of carbonate, based on the
carbonate selected from the drop-down menu in column i. If a user-specific carbonate was entered incolumn i, enter the stoichiometric based EF for that carbonate in Column |EFi|.
2. Column |Fi|: input the calcination fraction for each carbonate, fraction.
Note that where the fraction of calcination achieved is unknown, it is consistent with good practice for the inventory compiler to assume that 100 percent
calcination is achieved (i.e. enter 1.00 for Column |Fi|.

Example: Tier 1/2/3 EFs for other process uses of carbonates

56 | P a g e

Results
CO2 emissions from Other Process Uses of Carbonates are estimated in mass units (tonnes and Gg) by the Softwarein the worksheet Other Process Uses of Carbonates – Tier 1/2/3.
Total CO2 emissions from other process uses of carbonates is the sum of all emissions of all subdivisions, taking
into account any CO2 capture with subsequent storage. The worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction
is provided in the Software to estimate CO2 capture and storage.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |A| users collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequentstorage), in tonnes.
2. Column |B|: users collect and input information on other long-term reduction of CO2 (e.g., reconversion to carbonates), in tonnes. Column |B| may include short-term CO2 capture only in cases
where the subsequent CO2 emissions from use are included elsewhere in the GHG inventory.
Example: Capture and storage or other reduction.

57 | P a g e

2.A.5 Other
Information
There is no specific methodological guidance or worksheets for this source category in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
According to Section 2.4.1 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, the source category 2.A.3 Glass Production includes
emissions from the production of glass wool, a category of mineral wool, where the production process is similar
to glass making. But, the term mineral wool may also be used to refer to natural rock- and slag-based wool. Where
the production of rock wool is emissive these emissions should be reported under this source category 2.A.5.
Emissions related to slag production should be reported in the relevant metallurgical source category. The re-melting
of slag to make mineral wool does not involve significant process-related emissions and does not need to be reported.
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHGs for the Other source category:
CO2
X

CH4
X

N2O
X

HFCs

PFCs

SF6

NF3

IPCC Equations
Given that there are no specific equations in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for this category, a generic worksheet is thus
provided to enable calculation of other emissions from mineral industry.
1. Tier 1: no IPCC Tier 1 Equation provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
2. Tier 2: IPCC basic equation with user-specific EF
3. Tier 3: no IPCC Tier 3 Equation provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specific Tier
3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement the IPCC Tier 1 equation.
Software Worksheets
The Software calculates emissions from Other (Mineral Industry) source category using worksheets:✓ Other: contains for each subdivision and source of emissions, information on the activity type, data andunit, and corresponding EFs. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2, CH4 and N2O emissions.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on CO2 capture (with subsequent storage)
and other reduction of GHG emissions, not accounted previously in the worksheets for different Tiers.
User’s work Flowchart
GHG estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to
the availability of AD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart for Other
Process Uses of Carbonates.

1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

58 | P a g e

Other (Mineral industry) – flowchart
by Gasby Subdivision
IPCC Basic Equation (Tier 2)

STEP A
Other emissions from Mineral Industry
Input ADSTEP B
Other emissions from Mineral Industry
Input EF

STEP C
Other emissions from Mineral Industry
CO2, CH4, N2O Emissions

Step D
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of CO2 captured (andstored) and other reduction (CO2, CH4,
N2O)

Thus, for the source-category:
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
Step A, in Other worksheet, users collect and enter data on the source and AD.
Step B, in Other worksheet, users collect and enter in each row the associated EF.
Step C, in Other worksheet, for each row of data, the Software calculates the emissions in mass units (Gg). In
addition, total emissions are calculated.
Step D, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, if applicable for higher-tiered methods, users
collect and input in the Software information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and/or otherreduction of CO2 (e.g., re-conversion to carbonates) or other GHG.

59 | P a g e

Activity data input
Input of AD for the Other source category requires the user first to enter information on the subdivisions in the
country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for the entire category, with its
univocal name/code entered in Column |S| [e.g. “country name” or “unspecified” as selected from the drop-downmenu], or with subnational aggregations, and for each of those the univocal name/code entered in Column |S|.
For each subdivision in Column |S|, data are entered in worksheet Other, row by row, as follows:
1. Column |SRC|: describe the type of activity emitting GHG emissions from this category (e.g. rock wool
production).
2. Column |AT|: enter the activity type corresponding to the source selected.
3. Column |AD|: enter AD (quantity).
4. Column |U|: enter unit of the AD.
Emission factor input
For each row of data entered in worksheet Other, data are entered as follows:
1. Column |EF|: enter CH4 or CO2 or N2O EF;
Note that user shall select “Carbon dioxide (CO2)” or “Methane (CH4)”or “Nitrous Oxide (N2O)” in the “Gas” bar at the top, to enter data for each
GHG one by one.

Example: multiple subdivisions, by gas

Results
Total CO2, CH4 and N2O emissions from Other is the sum of all subdivisions in the above worksheet, taking into
account any CO2 capture with subsequent storage or other GHG reduction. The worksheet Capture and storage
or other reduction is provided in the Software to estimate CO2 capture and storage and other GHG reduction.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |A|: users collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage),in tonnes.
2. Column |B|: users collect and input information on any other reduction of GHGs, in tonnes. Column |B|
may include short-term CO2 capture only in cases where the subsequent CO2 emissions from use areincluded elsewhere in the GHG inventory.
Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

60 | P a g e

61 | P a g e

2.B Chemical Industry
2.B.1 Ammonia Production
Information
The 2006 IPCC Guidelines provide three Tiers to estimate CO2 emissions from Ammonia Production. Generally, allthree Tiers require fuel consumption as AD: in the Tier 1 method - data are based on total ammonia production in
the country multiplied by fuel requirement (gas, coal, oil) utilizing default EFs; Tier 2 – data are differentiated byprocess type and by fuel type (country-specific EFs) and Tier 3 – data should be obtained from producers ofammonia (plant-specific EFs).
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHG for the Ammonia Production source category:
CO2
X

CH4
X

N2O
X

HFCs

PFCs

SF6

NF3

The 2006 IPCC Guidelines do not contain methods for estimating CH4 and N2O emissions from ammonia production,
however for interoperability with the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool, the Software allows these emissions to be
calculated in category 2.B.11 Other. The source “CH4 and N2O emissions from ammonia production” is provided
as a default dropdown in Column |SRC|. For further information, see description under section 2.B.11 Other.
IPCC Equations✓ Tier 1: Equation 3.1✓ Tier 2: Equations 3.2 and 3.3✓ Tier 3: Equations 3.3 and 3.4
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specificTier 3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement the IPCC Tier 1 equation.
Software Worksheets
The Software calculates emissions of CO2 from Ammonia Production using worksheets:✓ 1.1.1 Fuel Manager: contains data on carbon content and calorific value of each fuel used in the NGHGI.
✓ Ammonia Production: contains for each subdivision (and for each process fuel type) information on theamount of ammonia produced and fuel requirement (Tier 1 and Tier 2) or only total fuel requirement (Tier3), carbon content of fuels, oxidation factor and amount of urea produced from produced CO2. The
worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on CO2 capture (with subsequent storage)
and other reduction of CO2, not accounted previously in the worksheet for different Tiers.
User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 3.1 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, GHG
estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to theavailability of AD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart.

1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

62 | P a g e

Prior to following the flowchart below, the user shall collect and enter data in the 1.1.1 Fuel Manager on each fuelused in ammonia production: its name, if not present among IPCC defaults, and the calorific value and the carbon
content of each fuel, including for IPCC default fuels if user-specific values are available.

Ammonia Production - flowchart
by Subdivision
by Process
and Fuel Typeby Plant and
Fuel Type

Tier 2equationsTier 3equationsTier 1equations

Check Fuel Manager(for fuels used andcarbon content)

STEP A
Ammonia Production[Pop-up Table]
Input AD (amount of ammonia produced – Tier 1/2
and fuel requirement:
Tier 2 – Calculated, Tier 3 – Specified)

STEP B
Ammonia Production
Input EF/parameters(carbon content and oxidation fraction)

STEP C
Ammonia Production
Input amount of urea produced from CO2

Step D
Ammonia Production
CO2 Emissions
Step E
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of CO2 captured (and stored) or
reduced otherwise

Thus, for the source-category:
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
Step A, in the worksheet Ammonia Production, users collect and input in the Software information on the amountof ammonia produced (Tier 1 and Tier 2 only) and fuel requirement (specified directly in Tier 3). Information isentered via a pop-up table.
Step B, in the same worksheet Ammonia Production, users collect and input information on the carbon content
and oxidation fraction of fuels.
63 | P a g e

Step C, in the same worksheet Ammonia Production, users collect and input information on the amount of urea
produced from the CO2 generated from ammonia production (this will be deducted from total CO2 emissions).
Step D, in the same worksheet Ammonia Production, the Software calculates the associated CO2 emissions foreach subdivision (and each fuel type) in mass units (kg and Gg). In addition, the total emissions are calculated.
Step E, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, users collect and input in the Software
information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and other reduction of CO2 (e.g., reconversion to carbonates) not accounted in Step C.
Activity data input
Section 3.2.2.3 in Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD for
ammonia production.
As a Starting step, users ensure that the 1.1.1 Fuel Manager contains all fuels to be reported for ammonia
production; and for each fuel listed in the Fuel Manager, the calorific value and the carbon content are entered or, for
IPCC default fuels, are selected from the drop-down menu.
Second, input of AD for the Ammonia Production source category requires the user to enter information on thesubdivisions in the country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for the entire
category, with its univocal name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g. “country name” or “Unspecified” asselected from the drop-down menu].
Example: single subdivision (unspecified)

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions

For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet Ammonia Production, row by row,
as follows:
1. Column |i|: select each process fuel used from the drop-down menu (one row for each fuel). If unknown
select Unspecified.
64 | P a g e

Note that fuels shown in the drop-down menu are those listed in the Fuel Manager.

2. Column |Biogenic|: indicate with a check if the process fuel is of biogenic origin.
3. Column |TFRi |: select the icon and input information in the pop-up table to estimate total fuelrequirement.
In the pop-up table indicate if TFRj will be Calculated or Specified:i.
If Calculated is selected (Tier 1 and Tier 2)
4. Column |j|: For Tier 1 – select Unspecified or select a particular process from the default drop-down menu,
for Tier 2 –specify production process type j either from the drop-down menu or manually input a userspecific process(es).
5. Column |APj|: input the mass of ammonia produced, in tonnes, either national total (Tier 1) or by process
type (Tier 2).
6. Column |FRj|: the feedstock fuel requirement for ammonia production will be automatically populated
based on the production process selected in Column |j|, in GJ/tonne NH3 produced, or the user may
overwrite.
Note that the Software automatically calculates the fuel requirement in the pop-up table and transfers the value into the main worksheet.

ii.
If Specified is selected (Tier 3)
4. Column |TFRj|: input the total fuel requirement for ammonia production for that subdivision (i.e.
plant)/process fuel/production process.
Note that total fuel requirement includes fuel used for fuel plus feedstock. To avoid double counting, the amount of fuel used for ammonia production should
be subtracted from fuel use included in the Energy Sector.

Example: entering AD for ammonia production -Tier 1/2/3

Emission factor input
65 | P a g e

Section 3.2.2.2 in Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of EFs forAmmonia Production.
There are two types of EFs/parameters, with IPCC default values included in Table 3.1 in Chapter 3 Volume 3 ofthe 2006 IPCC Guidelines:i)
ii)

Carbon content of fuel, in kgC/GJ of fuelOxidation fraction of fuel, fraction

For each combination of subdivision/process fuel type/production process in worksheet Ammonia Production:
1. Column |CCFi| - the default carbon content of fuel from the 1.1.1 Fuel Manager is automatically
populated, in kgC/GJ, depending on the process fuel selected in Column |i|. The user may overwrite thisvalue with user-specific information.
Note that: if Unspecified is selected in Column |i|, in accordance with good practice the value for partial oxidation shall be selected from the drop-downmenu in column CCFi.
Note that the default carbon contents available in the drop-down menu assume either that the process fuel type is Unspecified (and thus partial oxidationis selected) or natural gas.

2. Column |COFi| - select from the drop-down menu the default carbon oxidation factor or enter a usercarbon oxidation factor.
Example: Tier 1 default EFs for ammonia production – carbon content

66 | P a g e

Example: Tier 1 default EFs for ammonia production – oxidation factor

Urea Production
Additionally, for reach subdivision/process fuel type, if data are available, then
1. Column |UP|: if applicable, enter the amount of urea produced (in kg) from CO2 generated from ammonia
production. When a deduction is made for CO2 used in urea production, it is good practice to ensure thatemissions from urea use are included elsewhere in the inventory. If data are not available on urea
production, or final end use, it is good practice to assume that CO2 recovered is zero.
Note that the quantity of urea produced can be estimated from CO2 by multiplying urea production by 44/60, which is the stoichiometric ratio of CO2
to urea (CO(NH2)2).

Example: Input of urea production – deduction of CO2 from total emissions

Results
CO2 emissions from Ammonia Production are estimated in mass units (kg and Gg) by the Software in the worksheet
Ammonia Production.
Total CO2 emissions from ammonia production is the sum of all subdivisions in the above worksheet, taking into
account any CO2 capture with subsequent storage. The worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction is
67 | P a g e

provided in the Software to estimate CO2 capture and storage that is not otherwise included in the worksheet
Ammonia production (i.e. do not include in the Capture and storage or other reduction worksheet areduction for the CO2 used for urea production as that was already accounted for in the calculation worksheet).
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |A|: users collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequentstorage), in tonnes.
2. Column |B|: users collect and input information on any other long-term reduction of CO2, in tonnes.
Note that: Column |B| may include short-term reductions only in cases where the subsequent GHG emissions from use are included elsewhere in the
GHG inventory.

3. Column |Biogenic|: indicate with a check if the process fuel is of biogenic origin.
Note that consistent with Volume 2, Chapter 2 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, capture of biogenic CO2 for long-term storage may lead to negative CO2
emissions.

Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

68 | P a g e

2.B.2, 2.B.3 and 2.B.4 Nitric Acid, Adipic Acid, and Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production
Information
This section groups guidance for the following source categories according to their common methodologicalapproaches applied in the Software:✓ 2.B.2 Nitric Acid Production✓ 2.B.3 Adipic Acid Production✓ 2.B.4 Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production
The 2006 IPCC Guidelines provide three Tiers to estimate N2O emissions for these source categories. Tier 1 is a
default method, where AD are multiplied by default EFs provided in the Guidelines. The Tier 2 method requires
plant-level data and includes a correction for abatement (Tier 1 assumes no control/abatement technologies inplace). Tier 3 uses plant-level data derived from direct measurements to estimate N2O emissions.
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHG for the Nitric Acid Production, Adipic Acid Production andCaprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production source categories:
CO2
X

CH4

N2O
X

HFCs

PFCs

SF6

NF3

The 2006 IPCC Guidelines do not contain methods for estimating CO2 emissions from adipic acid production or
the caprolactam, glyoxal and glyoxylic acid production source categories, however for interoperability with the
UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool, the Software allows these emissions to be calculated in category 2.B.11 Other.
CO2 emissions from the individual source categories are provided as a default dropdown in Column |SRC|. For
further information, see description under section 2.B.11 Other. CO2 emissions from nitric acid production are
not included in the Software or the CRT.
IPCC Equations✓ Tier 1: Equation 3.5 (Nitric Acid), Equation 3.7 (Adipic Acid), Equation 3.9 (Caprolactam, Glyoxal andGlyoxylic Acid)✓ Tier 2: Equation 3.6 (Nitric Acid), Equation 3.8 (Adipic Acid), Equation 3.10 (Caprolactam, Glyoxal andGlyoxylic Acid)✓ Tier 3: no IPCC Tier 3 Equation provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for these source categories.
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specific Tier
3 methods, including direct measurement, can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement IPCC Tier 1
equations.
Software Worksheets
GHG emissions from each source category are estimated using the following worksheets:✓ Nitric Acid Production or Adipic Acid Production or Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid
Production: contains for each subdivision (and for each production process/technology, and in the caseof caprolactam, glyoxal and glyoxylic acid production, chemical) information on the amount of productproduced, EFs, and abatement parameters (destruction factor and utilization factor – Tier 2). These
worksheets calculate the associated N2O emissions for the source category.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on other reduction of N2O, notaccounted previously in the worksheet for different Tiers.
User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision trees in Figure 3.2 (Nitric Acid Production), Figure 3.3(Adipic Acid Production) and Figure 3.4 (Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production) of the 2006 IPCC
69 | P a g e

Guidelines, GHG estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier for each source category, or by applying
a combination of tiers according to the availability of AD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements for thatsource category.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart for Nitric Acid
Production.
Nitric Acid and Adipic Acid and Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production – flowchart
by Subdivision
by Process Type

Tier 1 equations

Tier 2 equations

STEP A.1
Nitric Acid Production
Input ADSTEP A.2
Nitric Acid Production
Input ADSTEP B.1
Nitric Acid Production
Input EF

STEP B.2
Nitric Acid Production
Input EF and abatement
parameters

Step C.1
Nitric Acid Production
N2O Emissions

Step C.2
Nitric Acid Production
N2O Emissions

Step D
Capture and storage orother reduction
Enter the amount of
N2O reduced otherwise

Thus, for the relevant source-category:
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
Step A.1, in the worksheet Nitric Acid Production or Adipic Acid Production or Caprolactam, Glyoxal andGlyoxylic Acid Production, users collect and input in the Software information on the total amount of the product1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

70 | P a g e

produced.

Note that: in worksheet Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production information is entered separately for each chemical.

Step B.1, in the same worksheet Nitric Acid Production or Adipic Acid Production or Caprolactam, Glyoxal
and Glyoxylic Acid Production, users input the associated N2O EF (N2O emissions/ tonne of product produced)(default or user-specific).
Note that: in worksheet Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production information is entered separately for each chemical.

Step C.1, in the same worksheet Nitric Acid Production or Adipic Acid Production or Caprolactam, Glyoxal
and Glyoxylic Acid Production, the Software calculates the associated N2O emissions for each subdivision/process
type, and in the case of caprolactam, glyoxal and glyoxylic acid production, chemical, in mass units (kg and Gg).
When the Tier 2 Equation is applied:
Step A.2, in the worksheet Nitric Acid Production or Adipic Acid Production or Caprolactam, Glyoxal andGlyoxylic Acid Production, users collect and input information at the plant level on the amount of productproduced by technology/process type.
Note that: in worksheet Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production information is also stratified by each chemical.

Step B.2, in the same worksheet Nitric Acid Production or Adipic Acid Production or Caprolactam, Glyoxal
and Glyoxylic Acid Production, users collect and input user-specific EFs (by each technology/process), N2O EF,
destruction factor for abatement technology and abatement system utilisation factor.
Note that: in worksheet Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production information is also stratified by each chemical.

Step C.2, in the same worksheet Nitric Acid Production or Adipic Acid Production or Caprolactam, Glyoxal
and Glyoxylic Acid Production, the Software calculates the associated N2O emissions for each subdivision/process
type, and in the case of caprolactam, glyoxal and glyoxylic acid production, chemical, in mass units (kg and Gg).
Step D, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, users collect and input information on theamount of other reduction of N2O not accounted in Step C.2.
Activity data input
The following sections in Chapter 3, Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contain information on the choice ofAD:✓ Section 3.3.2.3 contains information on the choice of AD for Nitric Acid Production.
✓ Section 3.4.2.3 contains information on the choice of AD for Adipic Acid Production.
✓ Section 3.5.2.1 contains information on the choice of AD for Caprolactam Production.
Note that, although the 2006 IPCC Guidelines do not include a section for Choice of Activity Data for glyoxal and glyoxylic acid production the decision
tree in Figure 3.4 indicates the same type of AD as for caprolactam production is required.

Input of AD for each source category requires the user first to enter information on the subdivisions in the country.
Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for the entire category, with its univocal
name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g. “country name” or “Unspecified” as selected from the dropdown menu].
Example: single subdivision (unspecified) – nitric acid production

Example: single subdivision/multiple chemicals - caprolactam, glyoxal and glyoxylic acid production
71 | P a g e

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions – adipic acid production

For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet Nitric Acid Production or Adipic
Acid Production or Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production, row by row, as follows:
For worksheet Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production only:
1. Column |Chemical|: select from the drop-down menu the name of the chemical produced (caprolactam,
glyoxal, or glyoxylic acid).
Then, for all three worksheets:
2. Column |i,j|: select from the drop-down menu the name of production process type, i, and abatement type
technology, j (if unknown select Unspecified), or the user may overwrite.
3. Column |NAPi|: input the mass of product produced, by subdivision/production process/technology, in
tonnes.
Emission factor input
The following sections in Chapter 3, Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contain information on the choice ofEFs:✓ Section 3.3.2.2 contains information on the choice of EFs for Nitric Acid Production. IPCC default EFs
are included in Table 3.3✓ Section 3.4.2.2 contains information on the choice of EFs for Adipic Acid Production. IPCC default EFs
are included in Table 3.4.
✓ Sections 3.5.2.1 and 3.5.3 contain information on the choice of EFs for Caprolactam, Glyoxal andGlyoxylic Acid Production. IPCC default EFs are included in Tables 3.5 and 3.6✓
There are three types of EFs/parameters for all three source categories in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines:
i.
ii.
iii.

N2O emissions/ tonne of product produced.
destruction factor for abatement technology, fraction.
abatement system utilisation factor for abatement technology, fraction.
72 | P a g e

For each combination of subdivision/ production process /technology/chemical (if applicable) in worksheet Nitric
Acid Production or Adipic Acid Production or Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production:
1. Column |EFi|: select from the drop-down menu the default N2O EF or overwrite this value with userspecific information.
Note that in the case of worksheets Nitric Acid Production and Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production, the default
N2O EF for the technology type, i, and abatement technology, j, is automatically populated in Column |EFi|, in kg N2O/tonne product produced,
depending on the production process/technology selected in Column |i,j|.
Note that the Tier 1 method does not disaggregate estimates by production process/technology. Thus, where the Tier 1 method is applied, select "Unspecified"in the drop-down menu of Column |i,j| and leave blank cells for abatement in Column |DFj| and Column |ASUFj|.

2. Column |DFj|: enter the destruction factor for abatement technology type j, fraction. For adipic acidproduction, the user may instead select an appropriate destruction factor from the drop-down menu.
Note that, at Tier 2, destruction and/or abatement of N2O emissions are estimated in this worksheet to calculate total emissions. Double counting of
those reductions in the worksheet "Capture and Storage and Other reduction" shall be avoided.

3. Column |ASUFj|: enter the abatement system utilisation factor for abatement technology type j, fraction.
For adipic acid production, the user may instead select an appropriate utilisation factor from the drop-down
menu.
Example: Tier 1 and 2 EFs for nitric acid production

Example: destruction and abatement utilisation EF for adipic acid production

Example: IPCC default N2O EFs for caprolactam, glyoxal and glyoxylic acid production

73 | P a g e

Results
N2O emissions are estimated in mass units (kg and Gg) by the Software in the worksheet Nitric Acid Production
and Adipic Acid Production and Caprolactam, Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid Production:
Total N2O emissions from each source category is the sum of all subdivisions in the relevant worksheet above,taking into account any further N2O capture, abatement or destruction. The worksheet Capture and storage orother reduction is provided in the Software to estimate any further N2O reductions. But, recall, that at Tier 2
destruction and/or abatement of N2O emissions are estimated in the relevant source category worksheet to calculate
total emissions; double counting of those reductions in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction
shall be avoided.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, users collect and input information on the amount ofother long-term reduction of N2O (not accounted previously) in Column |B|, in tonnes.
Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

74 | P a g e

2.B.5 Carbide Production
Information
GHG emissions are associated with production of two types of carbides – silicon carbide (SiC) and calcium carbide(CaC2). The production of carbides can result in emissions of CO2 and CH4. SiC is produced from silica sand orquartz and petroleum coke. CaC2 is made from two carbon containing raw materials: calcium carbonate (limestone)
and petroleum coke.
The 2006 IPCC Guidelines provide three Tiers to estimate CO2 and CH4 emissions from carbide production. Tier 1
uses national aggregate input data, national production data or production capacity data and default EFs to calculate
emissions. The Tier 2 method calculates emissions using plant-level data on production of carbide and plant-specificEFs. For the plants, where plant-specific EFs are not available, Tier 2 allows use of default EFs with plant-specificAD. Tier 3 uses the plant-specific coke consumption data including C content and percent oxidised, along with aplant-specific CH4 EF.
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHG for the Carbide Production source category:
CO2
X

CH4
X (siliconcarbide only)

N2O
--

HFCs
--

PFCs
--

SF6
--

NF3
--

IPCC Equations✓ Tier 1: Equation 3.11
✓ Tier 2: Same equation as Tier 1, although with plant-specific production data, data on the use of CaC2 forthe production of acetylene used in welding applications, and user-specific or default EFs✓ Tier 3: Same equation as Tier 1, although with plant-specific coke consumption and CH4 EF (SiC only)
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specific Tier
3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement the IPCC Tier 1 equation.
Software Worksheets
GHG emissions from the Carbide Production source category are estimated using the following worksheets:✓ Carbide Production: contains for each subdivision (and for each type of AD used – production or
consumption) information on the amount of a carbide produced or raw materials used (e.g. petroleumcoke) by each type of carbide (CaC2 or SiC) and corresponding EFs (default, country-specific, plantspecific). The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 and CH4 emissions.
✓ Carbide Use: contains for each subdivision information on the amount of calcium carbide used foracetylene production and the EF. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on CO2 capture (with subsequent storage)or other reductions, not accounted previously.
User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 3.5 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, GHG
estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to theavailability of AD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart for Carbide
Production.
1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

75 | P a g e

Carbide Production – flowchart
by Gasby Subdivision
by Type of AD –Carbide Production or Raw-Material Use

by Type of Carbide produced – Ca or Si
Tier 1 Equation

STEP A
Carbide Production
Input AD (carbide produced or rawmaterials used)

STEP A
Carbide Use[only for Calcium Carbide]
Input AD (calcium carbide used foracetylene production)

STEP B
Carbide Production
Input EF/parameters (adjustment
factor, CCF, COF)

STEP B
Carbide Use
Input EF

STEP C
Carbide Production
CO2 and CH4 Emissions

STEP C
Carbide Use
CO2 Emissions

Step D
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of CO2 captured (andstored) and other reduction (CO2, CH4)

Thus, for the source-category:
The workflow is followed first for carbide production, then carbide use.
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
Carbide production
Step A, in the worksheet Carbide Production, users collect and input in the Software AD for each type of carbide(CaC2 and SiC) produced. AD can be the amount of carbide produced or the amount of the raw materials used(petroleum coke) for carbide production.
Step B, in the worksheet Carbide Production, for each type of AD, users collect and input the associated CO2
and CH4 EFs either based on carbide produced or raw materials used (default or plant-specific).
Step C, in the worksheet Carbide Production, the Software calculates the associated emissions for each subdivisionand each carbide type in mass units (tonne CO2, kg CH4, and Gg).

76 | P a g e

Step D, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, users collect and input information on theamount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and other reduction of GHG.
Carbide Use
Step A, in worksheet Carbide Use, users collect and input information on the amount of CaC2 used in acetylene
production.
Step B, in the worksheet Carbide Use, users input the CO2 EF.
Step C, in the worksheet Carbide Use, the Software calculates the associated emissions for each subdivision for
CaC2 in mass units (tonne and Gg).
Activity data input
Section 3.6.2.3 in Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD for
Carbide Production.
Input of AD for the Carbide Production source category requires the user first to enter information on thesubdivisions in the country. Subdivisions are entered separately for Carbide Production and Carbide Use, they may
be the same or differ. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for the entire category,with its univocal name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g. “country name” or “Unspecified” as selectedfrom the drop-down menu].
Example: single subdivision (unspecified)

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions

For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet Carbide Production, row by row,
as follows:1.
Column |Type of Activity Data|: select from the drop-down menu the type of AD to be used – carbide
produced or raw materials used.
77 | P a g e

2.

Column |Type of Carbide Produced|: select from the drop-down menu the type of carbide produced –SiC or CaC2. The user may enter directly another type of carbide.
Note that users must enter a unique combination of subdivision/type of activity data/type of carbide produced. If the same combination is entered twice,
an error will pop-up asking the user to re-enter a unique combination by changing either the subdivision or type of carbide produced.

3.

Column |AD|: enter for each type of AD and for each type of carbide produced the amount of either
raw materials used (e.g. petroleum coke) or carbide produced (CaC2 or SiC), in tonnes.
Column |Biogenic|: indicate with a check if the process fuel is of biogenic origin.

4.

Then, for each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet Carbide Use, row by row, as
follows:
1. Column |AD|: enter information on the amount of CaC2 used in acetylene production, in tonnes.
2. Column |Biogenic|: indicate with a check if the process fuel is of biogenic origin.
Example: AD for calcium carbide used in acetylene production

Emission factor input
Section 3.6.2.2 in Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of EFs for
Carbide Production.
There are three types of default EFs, listed here and further described below:
i)
ii)
iii)

CO2 and CH4 EFs based on carbide production AD - in tonnes of CO2 and kg of CH4 per tonne ofcarbide produced (Tables 3.7 and 3.8 in Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines)
CO2 and CH4 EFs based on raw materials consumption (petroleum coke) - in tonne of CO2 and kg of
CH4 per tonne of petroleum coke (Tables 3.7 and 3.8 in Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC
Guidelines)
CO2 EF for CaC2 used in acetylene production in tonne of CO2 per tonne of CaC2 used (Table 3.8 in
Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines).

CO2 and CH4 EFs based on carbide production
Where Carbide Produced is selected in Column |Type of Activity Data|, for each combination of subdivision/Typeof Activity Data/ Type of Carbide Produced data are entered in worksheet Carbide Production, row by row, as
follows:
1. Column |EF|: The default EF will automatically be populated based on the type of carbide produced, or theuser may manually enter in user-specific EFs in tonne of CO2 per tonne of carbide produced or kg of
CH4/tonne carbide produced.
Note that data entry for each gas is made through selection of the relevant gas in the drop-down menu for “Gas”.

Example: CO2 and CH4 EFs for carbide production – Tier 1

78 | P a g e

CO2 and CH4 EFs based on raw materials consumption (petroleum coke)
Where Raw material used is selected in Column |Type of Activity Data|, for each combination of subdivision/Typeof Activity Data/ Type of Carbide Produced data are entered in worksheet Carbide Production, row by row, as
follows:
1.

Column |Emission Factor|: Indicate in the first of five columns here if the EF will be specified or calculated.
i.

If Specified (use for Tier 1 or for insertion of the results of a user-specific method (see section 1.1.3 Useof multiple Tiers for reporting)2.

Column |EF|: The default EF will automatically be populated based on the type of carbide produced,
or the user may manually enter in user-specific EFs in tonne of CO2 per tonne of carbide produced or
kg of CH4/tonne carbide produced.
Note that data entry for each gas is made through selection of the relevant gas in the drop-down menu for “Gas”.

ii.
2.
3.
4.

If Calculated is selected (Tier 2 or Tier 3)
Column |AF|: The adjustment factor will automatically be populated based on the type of carbide
produced, or the user may manually enter in a user-specific AF, dimensionless.
Column |CCF|: Select from the drop-down menu the CCF for the raw material used, or the user may
overwrite this value with use-specific information.
Column |COF|: A COF of 1 will automatically populate, or the user may overwrite this value withuser-specific information.

79 | P a g e

Example: CO2 and CH4 EFs for raw materials used – all tiers

CO2 EF for CaC2 used in acetylene production
For each subdivision, for CO2 emissions from the use of CaC2 in acetylene production, in worksheet Carbide Use:
1. Column |EF|: input the EF for CaC2 used for acetylene production in tonne of CO2/tonne of CaC2 used.
Example: EF for calcium carbide used in acetylene production

Results
CO2 and CH4 emissions from Carbide Production are estimated in mass units (tonnes and Gg) by the Software foreach row, and the total for all rows, in the following worksheets:✓ Carbide Production✓ Carbide Use
Total CO2 and CH4 emissions from carbide production is the sum of all emissions in the above worksheets, taking
into account any capture and storage or other reduction. The worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction
is provided in the Software to estimate these reductions.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |A|: users collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage),in tonnes.
2. Column |B|: users collect and input information on any other long-term reduction of CO2 or CH4, in
tonnes.
80 | P a g e

Note that: Column |B| may include short-term reductions only in cases where the subsequent GHG emissions from use are included elsewhere in the
GHG inventory.

3. Column |Biogenic|: indicate with a check if the process fuel is of biogenic origin.
Note that consistent with Volume 2, Chapter 2 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, capture of biogenic CO 2 for long-term storage may lead to negative CO2
emissions.

Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

81 | P a g e

2.B.6 Titanium Dioxide Production
Information
There are three processes that are used in the production of titanium dioxide (TiO2) that lead to process GHG
emissions: titanium slag production in electric furnaces, synthetic rutile production using the Becher process, andrutile TiO2 production via the chloride route. The sulphate route process does not give rise to process GHG
emissions that are of significance.
The 2006 IPCC Guidelines provide two Tiers to estimate CO2 emissions from TiO2 Production. The Tier 1 method
calculates emissions using national aggregate data on production of titanium slag, synthetic rutile or rutile TiO2 anddefault EFs. Tier 2 uses the plant-level AD on the quantities of reducing agent or carbothermal input and EFs(carbon content and carbon oxidation factors).
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHG for the Titanium Dioxide Production source category:
CO2
X

CH4

N2O

HFCs

PFCs

SF6

NF3

IPCC Equations✓ Tier 1: Equation 3.12
✓ Tier 2: Equation 3.13
✓ Tier 3: no IPCC Tier 3 Equation provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specific Tier
3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement the IPCC Tier 1 equation.
Software Worksheets
The Software calculates emissions of CO2 from Titanium Dioxide Production using worksheets:✓ 1.1.1 Fuel Manager: contains data on carbon content and calorific value of each fuel used in the NGHGI.
✓ Titanium Dioxide Production: contains for each subdivision information on the amount of TiO2
produced by each type of production process (slag, synthetic rutile and rutile) and default CO2 EFs. The
worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ Titanium Dioxide production – Tier 2: contains for each subdivision information on the amount of
reducing agent or carbothermal input by each type of production process (slag, synthetic rutile and rutile)and plant-specific EFs (carbon content and carbon oxidation factors). The worksheet calculates theassociated CO2 emissions.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on CO2 capture (with subsequent storage)
and other reduction of CO2, not accounted previously in the worksheets for different Tiers.
User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 3.6 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, GHG
estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to theavailability of AD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart.
1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

82 | P a g e

Prior to following the flowchart below, the user shall collect and enter data in the 1.1.1 Fuel Manager on each fuelused in TiO2 production (necessary for Tier 2 only): its name, if not present among IPCC defaults, and the calorificvalue and the carbon content of each fuel, including for IPCC default fuels if user-specific values are available.

Titanium Dioxide Production – flowchart
by Subdivision

by Type of Production
by Type of Reducing Agent or
Carbothermal Input
Tier 1 equations

Tier 2 equations

STEP A.1
Titanium Dioxide Production
Input AD (amount of titanium
dioxide produced)

STEP A.2
Titanium Dioxide Production – Tier 2
Input AD (amount of reducing agentof carbothermal input)

STEP B.1
Titanium Dioxide Production
Input EF

STEP B.2
Titanium Dioxide Production – Tier 2
Input Carbon content and Oxidation
fraction

Step C.1
Titanium Dioxide Production
CO2 Emissions

Step C.2
Titanium Dioxide Production – Tier 2
CO2 Emissions

Check Fuel Manager(for fuels used andcarbon content)

Step D
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of CO2 captured(and stored) or reduced otherwise

Thus, for the source-category:
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
Step A.1, in the worksheet Titanium Dioxide Production, users collect and input in the Software information on
the amount of TiO2 produced by each type (titanium slag, synthetic rutile or rutile TiO2).
Step B.1, in worksheet Titanium Dioxide Production, users input CO2 EFs per unit of production of titaniumslag, synthetic rutile or rutile TiO2.

83 | P a g e

Step C.1, in the worksheet Titanium Dioxide Production, for each subdivision and each production type, theSoftware calculates the associated CO2 emissions in mass units (tonne and Gg). In addition, the total CO2 emissions
are calculated.
When the Tier 2 Equation is applied:
Step A.2, in worksheet Titanium Dioxide Production – Tier 2, users select the fuel type(s) or other carbothermal
inputs and amounts used as reducing agents for TiO2 production, by each type of production (titanium slag,
synthetic rutile or rutile TiO2).
Step B.2, in worksheet Titanium Dioxide Production – Tier 2, users collect and input the carbon content andcarbon oxidation factors for the reducing agent or carbothermal input used, by each type of production (titaniumslag, synthetic rutile or rutile TiO2).
Step C.2, in the worksheets Titanium Dioxide Production – Tier 2, for each subdivision and each production
type, the Software calculates the associated CO2 emissions in mass units (kg and Gg). In addition, the total CO2
emissions are calculated.
Step D, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, if applicable for higher-tiered methods, users
collect and input in the Software information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and otherreduction of CO2.
Activity data input
Section 3.7.2.3 in Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD for
Titanium Dioxide Production.
As a Starting step, users ensure that the 1.1.1 Fuel Manager contains all fuels to be reported for titanium dioxide
production (Tier 2 only); and for each fuel listed in the Fuel Manager, the calorific value and the carbon content areentered or, for IPCC default fuels, are selected from the drop-down menu.
Second, input of AD for the Titanium Dioxide Production source category requires the user to enter informationon the subdivisions in the country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for theentire category, with its univocal name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g. “country name” or “Unspecified”
as selected from the drop-down menu].

84 | P a g e

Example: single subdivision (unspecified/national)

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions

When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet Titanium Dioxide Production, row
by row, as follows:
1. Column |i|: select the type of production process for titanium dioxide from the drop-down menu- titaniumslag, synthetic rutile or rutile TiO2, or the user may overwrite
2. Column |Biogenic |: indicate with a check if the process fuel is of biogenic origin.
Note that as this is a Tier 1 the type of fuel is not required to be known. By default, the assumption is that the TiO 2 is using reducing agents of fossil
origin, and therefore this column should remain unchecked.

3. Column |ADi|: input the mass of TiO2 produced using each production process, in tonnes

Note that fuel input is not used for the Tier 1 method. However, if known and to avoid double counting, the amount of reducing agent or carbothermal
input used for titanium dioxide production should be subtracted from fuel use included in the Energy Sector.

When the Tier 2 Equation is applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet Titanium Dioxide Production –Tier 2, row by row, as follows:
1. Column |Name of plant|: enter the name of each plant; the Tier 2 requires plant level AD.
2. Column |Plant-specific Type of Production|: select the type of production process for titanium dioxide fromthe drop-down menu- titanium slag, synthetic rutile or rutile TiO2, or the user may overwrite.
3. Column |Reducing agent/Carbothermal input|: select each reducing agent or carbothermal input used as a
reducing agent from the drop-down menu (one row for each fuel type).
Note that if a carbothermal input is used that is not included in the Fuel Manager, the user may either enter that input in the Fuel Manager, and thus makeit available for selection from the drop-down menu, or alternatively, select “Unspecified” for the Fuel Type and describe in the User Notes or Remarks the
carbothermal input used.

4.
5.

Column |Biogenic|: indicate with a check if the fuel is of biogenic origin.
Column |ADi|: enter the mass/amount of reducing agent or carbothermal input used for each plant, in GJ.
Note that to avoid double counting, the amount of reducing agent or carbothermal input used for titanium dioxide production should be subtracted from fuel use
included in the Energy Sector.

85 | P a g e

Example: AD for titanium dioxide production – Tier 2

Emission factor input
Section 3.7.2.2 in Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of EFs forTitanium Dioxide Production.
There are two types of EFs:i)
ii)

Default CO2 EF for Tier 1 - in tonne of CO2 per tonne of product produced (Table 3.9 in Chapter 3
Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines)
Plant-specific CO2 EFs for Tier 2 collected by users – the carbon content and carbon oxidation factors
for reducing agent or carbothermal input (kg C/GJ and fraction, respectively).
When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:

For each combination of subdivision/type of production process in worksheet Titanium Dioxide Production:
1. Column |EFi|: the CO2 EF is automatically populated in tonne of CO2/tonne of product produced, whensynthetic rutile or rutile titanium dioxide are selected in Column |i|. Users can overwrite these values withuser-specific information, if available, and in the case of the TiO2 produced via the titanium slag production
process, must directly enter the CO2 EF in this column.
Example: EFs for Titanium Dioxide Production – Tier 1

When the Tier 2 Equation is applied:
For each combination of subdivisions/individual plant/production process/fuel type, users need to input thefollowing EFs/parameters:
1. Column |CCFi|: the carbon content factor for the corresponding fuel is automatically populated, in
kgC/GJ, or the user may overwrite with user-specific information. Where a carbothermal input is used thatis not in the Fuel Manager and thus Unspecified is selected in Column |Reducing agent/Carbothermal
input, the user must insert a user-specifi cvalue for the carbothermal input.
86 | P a g e

2. Column |COFi|: input the carbon oxidation factor for the reducing agent or carbothermal input(fraction).
Example: EFs for titanium dioxide production – Tier 2

Results
CO2 emissions from Titanium Dioxide Production are estimated in mass units (tonne/kg and Gg) by the Softwarefor each row, and the total for all rows, in the following worksheets:✓ Titanium Dioxide Production✓ Titanium Dioxide Production – Tier 2
Total CO2 emissions from titanium dioxide production is the sum of all emissions in the above worksheets, taking
into account any CO2 capture with subsequent storage. The worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction
is provided in the Software to estimate CO2 capture and storage.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |A|: users collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequentstorage), in tonnes.
2. Column |B|: users collect and input information on any other long-term reduction of CO2, in tonnes.
Note that: Column |B| may include short-term reductions only in cases where the subsequent GHG emissions from use are included elsewhere in the
GHG inventory.

3. Column |Biogenic|: indicate with a check if the process fuel is of biogenic origin.
Note that consistent with Volume 2, Chapter 2 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, capture of biogenic CO2 for long-term storage may lead to negative CO2
emissions.

Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

87 | P a g e

2.B.7 Soda Ash Production
Information
Soda ash can be produced by different processes - natural processes (monohydrate, sodium sesquicarbonate or tronaand direct carbonation) and synthetic processes (Solvay process). CO2 emitted during the natural production
processes should be accounted for here in 2.B.7. CO2 emitted during the use of soda ash should be accounted forunder the source category of the relevant industry where the soda ash is used.
The 2006 IPCC Guidelines provide three Tiers to estimate CO2 emissions from natural Soda Ash Production. Tier 1
is a default method, with national AD (input/trona or output/soda ash) multiplied by default EFs. To use the Tier
2 method, it is necessary to gather complete data on trona consumption or natural soda ash production for each of
the plants within the country along with plant-specific EFs for the trona input or soda ash output. Tier 3 uses plantlevel data derived from direct measurements to estimate CO2 emissions. In theory, the Solvay process does not lead
to CO2 emissions because the CO2 generated as a by-product is recovered and recycled for use in the carbonation
stage (i.e. CO2 generation equals uptake).
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHG for the Soda Ash Production source category:
CO2
X

CH4

N2O

HFCs

PFCs

SF6

NF3

IPCC Equations✓ Tier 1: Equation 3.14
✓ Tier 2: IPCC Tier 1 equation, although with plant-specific AD, and if available EFs✓ Tier 3: no IPCC Tier 3 Equation provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, emissions based on direct
measurement
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specific Tier
3 methods, including emission from the soda ash produced via the Solvay process can be reported in the Software
worksheets that implement the IPCC Tier 1 equation.
Software Worksheets
GHG emissions from the Soda Ash Production source category are estimated using the following worksheets:✓ Soda Ash Production: contains for each subdivision and each type of AD (e.g. trona used or soda ash
produced) information on the amount of trona consumption or natural soda ash produced and EFs. The
worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on CO2 capture (with subsequent storage)
and other reduction of CO2, not accounted previously in the worksheets for different Tiers.

User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 3.7 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, GHG
estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to theavailability of AD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart for Soda Ash
Production.

1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

88 | P a g e

Soda Ash Production- flowchart
by Subdivision

by Type of AD –Trona used or Soda-Ash Produced
Tier 1 Equation
STEP A
Soda Ash Production
Input AD national or plant-specific(amount of trona used or soda ash
produced)

STEP B
Soda Ash Production
Input EFs
(IPCC default or plant-specific)

STEP C
Soda Ash Production
CO2 Emissions

Step D
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of CO2 captured(and stored) and other reduction

Thus, for the source-category:
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
Step A, in the worksheet Soda Ash Production, users collect and input in the Software information on the amountof either trona consumption or natural soda ash production (Tier 1 – national level, Tier 2 – plant-specific).
Step B, in the same worksheet Soda Ash Production, users either collect or directly input the CO2 EFs for eachtype of AD.
Step C, in the same worksheet Soda Ash Production, the Software calculates the associated CO2 emissions for eachsubdivision (and each type of AD) in mass units (tonne and Gg). In addition, total CO2 emissions are calculated
Step D, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, if applicable for higher-tiered methods, users
collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and other reduction of
CO2.

89 | P a g e

Activity data input
Section 3.8.2.1 in Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD for
Soda Ash Production.
Input of AD for the Soda Ash Production source category requires the user to first enter information on thesubdivisions in the country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for the entire
category, with its univocal name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g. “country name” or “Unspecified” asselected from the drop-down menu].
Example: single subdivision (unspecified)

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions

Then for each subdivision input information in worksheet Soda Ash Production in a single row, or in a numberof rows, as follows:
1. Column |Type of Activity Data|: select from the drop-down menu the type of AD – input (trona used)or output (soda ash produced).
2. Column |AD|: input the mass of either trona consumption or soda ash production, in tonnes.
Emission factor input
Section 3.8.2.1 in Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of EFs for
Soda Ash Production.
For Tier 1, the following default CO2 EFs are presented in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines: CO2 EF for Trona = 0.097
tonnes CO2/tonne of trona, CO2 EF for soda ash = 0.138 tonnes CO2/tonnes natural soda ash produced.
Then, for each combination of subdivision/type of AD in worksheet Soda Ash Production:
1. Column |EF|: input or select the down-down the default CO2 EFs (Tier 1) or input manually plantspecific CO2 EFs (Tier 2) in tonnes of CO2 per tonne of soda ash produced or trona used.

90 | P a g e

Example: EFs for soda ash production – Tier 1&2

Results
CO2 emissions from Soda Ash Production are estimated in mass units (tonne and Gg) by the Software in the sameworksheet Soda Ash Production.
Total CO2 emissions from soda ash production is the sum of all emissions in the above worksheet, taking into
account any CO2 capture with subsequent storage. The worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction isprovided in the Software to estimate CO2 capture and storage.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |A| users collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage),in tonnes.
2. Column |B|: users collect and input information on other long-term reduction of CO2, in tonnes. Column|B| may include short-term CO2 capture only in cases where the subsequent CO2 emissions from use areincluded elsewhere in the GHG inventory.
Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

91 | P a g e

2.B.8 Petrochemical and Carbon Black Production
GHG emissions from petrochemicals production include CO2 and CH4 emitted from fuel or process by-products
combusted to provide heat or thermal energy to the production process, CO2 and CH4 emitted from process vents,
and CO2 and CH4 emitted from flared waste gases. Section 3.9 in Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines
provides common methodological guidance for estimating GHG emissions from category 2.B.8 Petrochemical andcarbon black production, which specifically covers six sub-categories:
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

2.B.8.a Methanol
2.B.8.b Ethylene
2.B.8.c Ethylene Oxide
2.B.8.d Ethylene Dichloride (EDC) and Vinyl Chloride Monomer (VCM)
2.B.8.e Acrylonitrile
2.B.8.f Carbon Black

These petrochemicals and carbon black are addressed in detail because their global production volume andassociated GHG emissions are relatively large. However, the chemicals included are not intended to represent theentire petrochemical process industry. There are a number of other petrochemical processes that emit small amountsof GHGs for which specific guidance is not provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines (e.g., styrene production). A
seventh category, 2.B.8.x Other petrochemical production has been added to the Software to allow for reportingof these additional petrochemicals, and to enable interoperability with the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool.
In addition to the common methodological guidance, additional guidance is provided to estimate GHG emissions
from production of secondary products for 2.B.8.b Ethylene and 2.B.8.e Acrylonitrile.
Guidance for how to use the Software to estimate GHG emissions from petrochemical and carbon black production
is provided, together, below due to application of common methodologies. Any distinctions for use of the Software
for a specific petrochemical, or group of petrochemicals, is highlighted, where relevant.
Three methodological tiers are provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for estimating GHG emissions from this source
category. Tier 1 is a product-based EF method (default method) and applied to estimate CO2 and CH4 emissions.
Tier 2 is a total feedstock carbon balance method (for CO2 only). This approach is applicable in cases where AD
for all carbon flows are available for both feedstock consumption and primary and secondary product production
and disposition. Tier 3 requires plant-specific data and/or measurements.
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHGs for all subcategories of the petrochemical and carbon black source
category:
CO2
X

CH4
X

N2O

HFCs

PFCs

SF6

NF3

IPCC Equations
The following IPCC Equations apply to all subcategories of the petrochemicals and carbon black source category,as described: ‘
CO2 emissions:✓ Tier 1: Equation 3.15, if information on production of each petrochemical is known. Equations 3.15 and 3.16
if the amount of petrochemical produced is not known, but the user has information on feedstock
consumption for petrochemical production.
✓ Tier 2: Equation 3.17. In addition, for production of Ethylene and Acrylonitrile, Equations 3.18 and 3.19,
respectively.
✓ Tier 3: Equations 3.20 and 3.21 and 3.22
CH4 emissions:✓ Tier 1: Equations 3.23 and 3.24 and 3.25
✓ Tier 2: No Tier 2 Equations exist for CH4 emissions in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines
92 | P a g e✓ Tier 3: Equation 3.26 or Equations 3.27 and 3.28 and 3.29
Note that a plant would use either i) Equation 3.26 (atmospheric measurements) or ii) Equations 3.27, 3.28, and 3.29 (combustion, flaring and venting)to estimate CH4 emissions following the Tier 3 method

As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, for both CO2 and CH4, estimates prepared withuser-specific Tier 3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement the IPCC Tier 1 equation.
Software Worksheets
GHG emissions from the Petrochemical and Carbon Black source category are estimated using the following
worksheets. The set of worksheets available to the user for all subcategories have a common naming convention,
except for the first worksheet for collection of AD, which has a unique name for each chemical, as follows:✓ 1.1.1 Fuel Manager: contains data on carbon content and calorific value of each fuel used in the NGHGI.
✓ [Methanol][Ethylene][Ethylene Dichloride and Vinyl Chloride Monomer][Ethylene
Oxide][Acrylonitrile][Carbon Black][Other petrochemical] Production – Tier 1/2 worksheet is an
AD input worksheet for Tier 1 and Tier 2 for CO2 and CH4 emissions. It contains for each subdivision the
choice of data input based on the chemical produced or feedstock consumed for each type of production
process. In the worksheets for Ethylene and Acrylonitrile there is also a sub-table for inputting the AD
associated with the carbon content of secondary products.
✓ CO2 Emissions – Tier 1: contains for each subdivision/production process the amount of the specificchemical produced and the CO2 EFs. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ CH4 Emissions – Tier 1: contains for each subdivision/production process the amount of the specificchemical produced and the CH4 EFs, by source (total, fugitive and venting). The worksheet calculates theassociated CH4 emissions through use of a sub-table.
✓ CO2 Emissions – Tier 2: contains for each subdivision information on the carbon content of the chemical
produced. The data on total carbon content of feedstock and chemical production (both primary product,and in the case of ethylene and acrylonitrile, secondary product) are automatically transferred from therelevant AD worksheet. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions for Tier 2 (based oncarbon/mass-balance).
✓ CO2 and CH4 Emissions from Combustion – Tier 3 (1/3): contains for each subdivision (plant-level)
information on the type and amount of fuel used, conversion factor and EFs for CO2 and CH4. The
worksheet calculates the associated plant-specific CO2 and CH4 emissions from combustion.
✓ CO2 and CH4 Emissions from Flared Gas – Tier 3 (2/3): contains for each subdivision (plant-level)
information on the type and amount of flared gas (including whether the flared gas is of biogenic origin),conversion factor and EFs for CO2 and CH4. The worksheet calculates the associated plant-specific CO2
and CH4 emissions from flaring.
✓ CO2 and CH4 Emissions Summary – Tier 3 (3/3): contains for each subdivision (plant-level)
information on the amount of emissions from venting (including whether the vented emissions are ofbiogenic origin). The combustion and flaring emissions are transferred automatically from the two previous
worksheets. The worksheet calculates the total plant-specific CO2 and CH4 emissions from combustion,
flaring and venting.
✓ Atmospheric measurement data – CH4 Emissions – Tier 3: contains for each subdivision/plant (andeach measurement campaign) the measured atmospheric concentrations of VOC/CH4 and otherparameters (fraction of CH4 in VOC, background/reference concentrations, wind speed and plume area).
The results of CH4 emissions from measurements campaigns are summed over time to present annual CH4emissions.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on CO2 capture (with subsequent storage)
and other reduction of CO2 and CH4, not accounted previously in the worksheets for different Tiers.

93 | P a g e

User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision trees in Figure 3.8 (for CO2 emissions) and Figure 3.9(for CH4 emissions) of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, as well as Figure 3.10 (illustrating the Tier 2 carbon balance flow
diagram), GHG estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier for each chemical in the petrochemical
and carbon black production source category, or by applying a combination of tiers according to the availability ofAD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements for that source category.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, for the Petrochemical and Carbon Black Production
source category, users follow the following two flowcharts for CO2 and CH4 emissions. As the emissions frompetrochemical and carbon black production vary both with the process used and the feedstock used, the choice of
method shall be repeated for each product, process and feedstock used.
Prior to following the flowchart below, for users applying the Tier 3 method for CO2 (Equations 3.27, 3.28 and3.29) shall collect and enter data in the 1.1.1 Fuel Manager on each fuel used for the petrochemical and carbon
black production source category: its name, if not present among IPCC defaults, and the calorific value and the carbon
content of each fuel, including for IPCC default fuels if user-specific values are available.

1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

94 | P a g e

Petrochemical and Carbon Black Production – CO2 and CH4– Flowchart
Note that this flowchart shall be followed for subcategories 2.B.8.a – 2.B.8.f and 2.B.8.x, as applicableby individual Petrochemical or Carbon Blackby Subdivision
Tier 2 Equations(CO2 only)

Tier 1 Equations

STEP A.1/2
Petrochemical or Carbon Black Production – Tier 1/2
Input AD on production, or calculate production from feedstock use
Step A.1.1
Feedstock[Pop-up Table for Calculated fromFeedstock]
Input AD and Production Factor
STEP B.1.1
CO2 Emissions – Tier 1
Input EF
(for Ethylene – also
Geographic adjustment factor)
Step B.1.1
Emission Factor[Pop-up Table for
Calculated from Feedstock]
Input EF

STEP C.1.1
CO2 Emissions – Tier 1
CO2 Emissions

STEP B.1.2
CH4 Emissions – Tier 1
Input EF(expanding table[+] )STEP C.1.2
CH4 Emissions – Tier 1
CH4 Emissions

Step A.2.1
Feedstock [Pop-up Table]- Specified (Input AD and
Carbon Content)- Calculated (Input AD and
Production factor)- for Ethylene and Acrylonitrile- input Secondary products withCC in the expanding table[+]STEP B.2
CO2 Emissions – Tier 2
Input Carbon Content of
product
STEP C.2
CO2 Emissions – Tier 2
CO2 Emissions

Tier 3 Equations

Check FuelManager(for fuels used,
NCV and CC)

Tier 3 Equation – CH4
Atmospheric measurements

Step A.3.1
CO2 and CH4 emissions from Combustion (1/3)
CO2 and CH4 emissions from Flared Gas (2/3)
CO2 and CH4 Emissions Summary (3/3)
Input AD for combustion, venting and flaring(type of fuel, amount, conversion factor)

Step B.3.1
CO2 and CH4 emissions from Combustion (1/3)
CO2 and CH4 emissions from Flared Gas (2/3)
CO2 and CH4 Emissions Summary (3/3)
Input EF for combustion, venting and flaring

STEP C.3.1
CO2 and CH4 Emissions Summary (3/3)
CO2 and CH4 Emissions

STEP A.3.2/B.3.2
Atmosphericmeasurements data –CH4 emissions –Tier 3- Input measured
data: concentrationsof VOC/CH4 andother parameters(wind speed, plumearea)- Scale up to annual
emissions

STEP C.3.2
Atmospheric measurements
data – CH4 emissions – Tier 3
CH4 Emissions

Step D
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of CO2 captured (and stored) and other reduction (CO2, CH4)

95 | P a g e

Thus, for the relevant petrochemical or carbon black subcategory:
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
When the Tier 1 or Tier 2 Equations are applied:
Step A.1/A.2, in the worksheet [Methanol][Ethylene][Ethylene Dichloride and Vinyl Chloride
Monomer][Ethylene Oxide][Acrylonitrile][Carbon Black][Other petrochemical] Production – Tier 1/2 ,users collect and input in the Software information either the amount of the respective chemical produced (specified
input by users) or the amount of feedstock used (from which the amount of chemical produced is calculated) for
each type of production process. Information on feedstock is entered in pop-up table (Step A.1.1 and Step A.2.1)
For the Ethylene and Acrylonitrile subcategories (Tier 2), users specify or calculate (by applying a production
factor from feedstock) the amount of each secondary product produced from feedstock (Step A.2.1).
Then, for Tier 1:
Step B.1.1, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions – Tier 1, users input CO2 EFs for each type of production process,per tonne of chemical produced. For the Ethylene Production subcategory, users also enter in the geographic
adjustment factor, if applicable. Where the CO2 EF is based on feedstock consumption, the CO2 EF is calculated
in a pop-up table (Step B.1.1).
Step B.1.2, in the worksheet CH4 Emissions – Tier 1, users input CH4 EFs for each type of production
process/source (total/fugitive/venting), per tonne of chemical produced.
Step C.1.1, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions – Tier 1, the Software calculates the associated CO2 emissions for eachtype of production process in mass units (tonne and Gg). In addition, total CO2 emissions are calculated.
Step C.1.2, in the worksheet CH4 Emissions – Tier 1, the Software calculates the associated CH4 emissions foreach type of production process/ source (total/fugitive/venting in mass units (tonne and Gg). In addition, total
CH4 emissions are calculated.
Then, for Tier 2:
Step B.2, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions – Tier 2, users input the carbon content of the chemical produced foreach type of production process, per tonne of chemical produced.
For the Ethylene Production and Acrylonitrile Production subcategories, in the sub-tables of the worksheets
Ethylene Production-Tier 1/2 and Acrylonitrile Production-Tier 1/2, users input the carbon content of eachsecondary product produced (Step A.2.1).
Step C.2, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions – Tier 2, the Software calculates the associated CO2 emissions for eachtype of production process in mass units (tonne and Gg). In addition, total CO2 emissions are calculated.
When the Tier 3 Equations are applied:
For the Plant-specific Data Approach
Step A.3.1, in the worksheets CO2 and CH4 Emissions from Combustion – Tier 3 (1/3), CO2 and CH4Emissions from Flared Gas – Tier 3 (2/3) and CO2 and CH4 Emissions Summary – Tier 3 (3/3), users
collect and input in the Software information on the amount of fuel used, gas flared and gas vented, and their units.
Step B.3.1, in the worksheets CO2 and CH4 Emissions from Combustion – Tier 3 (1/3) and CO2 and CH4Emissions from Flared Gas – Tier 3 (2/3), users input the conversion factors and CO2 and CH4 EFs for thefuels combusted and gases flared.
Step C.3.1 in the worksheet CO2 and CH4 Emissions Summary – Tier 3 (3/3), the Software calculates theassociated GHG emissions in mass units (tonne and Gg). In addition, total GHG emissions are calculated.
For the Atmospheric Measurement Approach
96 | P a g e

Step A.3.2, /B.3.2 in the worksheet Atmospheric measurement data – CH4 Emissions – Tier 3, users collectand input in the Software for each plant and each measurement campaign, the atmospheric concentrations of
VOC/CH4 and other parameters (fraction of CH4 in VOC, background/reference concentrations, wind speed andplume area, summing up measurement campaigns to cover the entire year.
Step C.3.2 in the worksheet Atmospheric measurement data – CH4 Emissions – Tier 3, the Software calculates
the associated CH4 emissions for each plant in mass units (kg and Gg).
Then, for each tier, as appropriate:
Step D, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, users collect and input in the Software
information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and other reduction of GHG.
Activity data input
Section 3.9.2.3 Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD for eachchemical in the Petrochemical and carbon black production source category.
Input of AD for Petrochemical and carbon black production source category requires the user first to navigate to
the relevant chemical in the navigation tree on the left-hand side of the screen, and then select the worksheet for
AD entry. The AD entry worksheet is labelled as [Name of chemical] Production-Tier 1/2.
Example: common set of worksheets for each chemical
Note that this figure is from the set of worksheets for methanol production; these worksheets are available for each petrochemical and carbon black production.

Input of AD for the subcategories of the Petrochemical and Carbon Black Production source category requires theuser to first enter information on the subdivisions in the country. Users compile the calculation worksheets eitherwith a single row of data for the entire category, with its univocal name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g.
“country name” or “Unspecified” as selected from the drop-down menu].
Example: single subdivision (unspecified)
Note that this figure is from the set of worksheets for carbon black production; a unique subdivision could be identified for each chemical.

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions
97 | P a g e

Note that this figure is from the set of worksheets for ethylene oxide production; separate subdivisions could be identified for each chemical

When the Tier 1 and Tier 2 Equations are applied:
For each chemical, and each subdivision for that chemical in worksheet [Methanol][Ethylene][Ethylene
Dichloride and Vinyl Chloride Monomer][Ethylene Oxide][Acrylonitrile][Carbon Black][Other
petrochemical] Production – Tier 1/2, the user will in Column |Subdivision| input information in a single row,
or in a number of rows, as follows:
1. Column |Product Type| (applicable to subcategory 2.B.8.c Ethylene Dichloride and Vinyl Chloride
Monomer Production subcategory only): select from the drop-down menu whether information in that row
is for the production of ethylene dichloride or vinyl chloride monomer.
Note that: Users should use either EDC production or VCM production (not both) as AD.
2. Column |Type of Process|: select the name of the type of production process for each chemical from thedrop-down menu, or the user may overwrite.
Note that, in the absence of country-specific information, the 2006 IPCC Guidelines provide a default process (and type of feedstock) in Table 3.11.

3. Column |CO2 Calculation method|: select from the drop-down whether Tier 1 or Tier 2 is applied.
4. Column |Amount of [Chemical] Produced, PP|: select whether the AD for the amount of chemical
produced is specified (i.e. entered) directly or calculated from the feedstock used (Tier 1 and Tier 2). For
entry of AD, the following column headers are applicable when either Tier 1or Tier 2 methods are
implemented:
Note that:Specified: when selected, the user inputs manually the amount of the chemical produced in Column |PP|.
From feedstock –when selected, the user inputs in a sub-table (accessed by clicking on the icon in Column |Feedstock| the following:
Column |Type of Feedstock| Select the type of feedstock from the drop-down menu or enter a user-specific feedstock. In the absence of country-specificinformation, the 2006 IPCC Guidelines provide a default type of feedstock) in Table 3.11.
Column |Biogenic| indicate with a check if the process fuel is of biogenic origin. Note that CO2 emissions from flared gas of biogenic origin will not be
included in national totals.
Column |FA| enter the amount of feedstock consumed.
Column |SPP|: slect the IPCC default for the tonnes of chemical produced per tonne of feedstock used, or overwrite with user-specific value. Once calculated,
the amount of the chemical produced automatically appears in the main worksheet.
Note that: for Tier 2, if the amount of chemical was specified in Column |PP|, Column |SPP| should not be filled, and in fact, any amount of
petrochemical produced calculated in Column |PP| of the subtable, whill not tranfer back to the main table.
5.

Column |Feedstock|: user shall select the icon in this column to enter information on feedstock consumed
in two cases:✓ The user is calculating the amount of the chemical produced based on feedstock consumed (Tier
1 and Tier 2), as described in step 3 above.
✓ The user has selected use of a Tier 2 method in Column |CO2 Calculation method|, which requires
information on the amount and carbon content of feedstock(s) consumed.

98 | P a g e

Example: AD input Tier 1 and Tier 2–chemical produced is specified directly in |Column PP|
Note that this figure is from the set of worksheets for EDC/VCM Production; this worksheet is available for each petrochemical and carbon black production.

Example: AD input Tier 1 –chemical produced calculated from feedstock
Note that this figure is from the set of worksheets for Acrylonitrile Production; this sub-table is available for each petrochemical and carbon black production.

99 | P a g e

Example: AD input Tier 2 –entering AD from feedstock use
Note that this figure is from the set of worksheets for Acrylonitrile production; this sub-table is available for each petrochemical and carbon black production.

For the subcategories Ethylene Production (2.B.8.b) and Acrylonitrile Production (2.B.8.e) only:
In addition to entering information on the primary products above, when estimating GHG emissions for Ethylene
Production and Acrylonitrile Production following a Tier 2 method (i.e. Tier 2 is selected in Column |CO2
Calculation method|, AD on secondary products must also be entered in the feedstock sub-table by:
1. For each type of feedstock in the feedstock sub-table, click the symbol “⊞” on the left of the row to open
a drop-down table where information on the secondary products are to be compiled. Then:
2. Column |Secondary Product|: select from the drop-down menu each secondary produced from theprimary product for each type of feedstock, one row for each secondary product, or enter in user-specificsecondaryproducts.
Note that: In the absence of country specific information, the user shall enter one row for each and every secondary product available in the drop-down menu
to ensure that the carbon content of these secondary products is considered in the mass balance at Tier 2.

3. Column |SP|: the user by default can calculate the amount of each secondary product produced, or may
specify this information directly in Column |SP| by selecting “Specified”✓ If Calculated: by default, the Software automatically calculates the amount of secondary productproduced in Column |SP|, in tonnes, for each type of secondary product selected from the dropdown menu in Column |Secondary Product|, based on default specific secondary productproduction factors automatically populated in Column |SSP| for the relevant feedstocks (in kg
secondary product /tonne ethylene or acrylonitrile produced) taken from Table 3.25 (for ethylene)
and Table 3.26 (for acrylonitrile) of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
✓ If Specified: Column |SSP| is greyed out and the user enters the amount of each secondary productdirectly in Column |SP|.

100 | P a g e

Example: AD on secondary products input – Tier 2 – ethylene and acrylonitrile production only
Note that this figure is for ethylene production; this sub-table (with different secondary products) is available for acrylonitrile production

For the subcategory Other Petrochemical Production (2.B.9.x) only:
Guidance for inputting AD for other petrochemical production follows the guidance provided above forsubcategories 2.B.8.a-2.B.8.f, except an additional column is available to specify the other type of petrochemical thatis produced. For other petrochemical production, AD entry for Tier 1 and Tier 2 is as follows:1.

Column |Petrochemical type|: select from the drop-down menu the type of petrochemical produced(i.e. styrene) or if another petrochemical, manually enter the chemical name.

It is assumed that secondary products are not applicable for other petrochemicals.
When the Tier 3 Equations are applied:
As illustrated in the flowchart for the petrochemical and carbon black production source category, there are two
Tier 3 approaches for estimating GHG emissions, one applying plant-specific data, and one relying on atmosphericmeasurements. AD for these two Tier 3 approaches are discussed, separately, below.
Tier 3 using plant-specific data (CO2 and CH4 emissions)
For each chemical, and each subdivision for that chemical in worksheet CO2 and CH4 Emissions from
Combustion – Tier 3 (1/3), the user will input information in a single row, or in a number of rows, plant-specificinformation as follows:
1. Column |Fuel|: select each fuel used from the drop-down menu (one row for each fuel).
Note that fuels shown in the drop-down menu are those listed in the Fuel Manager.
Note that user shall select “Fuel Type” in the “Fuel Type” bar at the top, to enter data for each fuel one by one.

2. Column |U|: select the unit of fuel consumption data (e.g. tonne, TJ, m3) from the drop-down menu or
overwrite with a user-specific unit.
3. Column |FA|: enter amount of fuel consumed.
4. Column |CV|: enter the conversion factor to convert the consumption unit to an energy unit (TJ).
Note that if Tonnes is selected, the NCV/GCV is sourced from the Fuel Manager and compiled by the Software as the conversion factor; while if the

101 | P a g e

consumption unit is TJ the Software compiles the conversion factor cell with the value 1. Where other units are applied (e.g. m3) this cell becomes blankand the user shall enter the relevant conversion factor here the user shall enter the relevant conversion factor here.

Example: AD for Tier 3 – amount of fuels combusted
Note that this figure is for methanol production; this worksheet is available for each petrochemical and carbon black production.

Then, for each chemical, and each subdivision for that chemical in worksheet CO2 and CH4 Emissions fromFlared Gas – Tier 3 (2/3), the user will input information in a single row, or in a number of rows, plant-specificinformation as follows:
1. Column |Flared Gas|: enter a name for, or description of, the flared gas (e.g. the type of gas).
2. Column |Biogenic| indicate with a check if the flared gas is of biogenic origin.
Note that CO2 emissions from flared gas of biogenic origin will not be included in national totals.

Column |U|: select the unit of the amount of flared gas (e.g. GJ, TJ, m3) from the drop-down menu or
overwrite with a user-specific unit.
5. Column |FG|: enter the amount of gas flared during production of the chemical.
6. Column |CV|: enter the conversion factor to convert the consumption unit to an energy unit (TJ).
3.

Note that if the consumption unit is GJ or TJ the Software compiles the conversion factor cell with the value 0.001 or 1, respectively. Where other units
are applied (e.g. tonne or m3) this cell becomes blank and the user shall enter the relevant conversion factor here.

Example: AD for Tier 3 – amount of flared gas
Note that this figure is for ethylene oxide production; this worksheet is available for each petrochemical and carbon black production.

Tier 3 using atmospheric measurements (CH4 emissions)
The Tier 3 method using atmospheric measurements does not rely on AD*EF. Refer to section Direct measurement
below to learn how to enter data in the Software for this method.
102 | P a g e

For the subcategory Other Petrochemical Production (2.B.9.x) only:
Guidance for inputting AD for other petrochemical production follows the guidance provided above forsubcategories 2.B.8.a-2.B.8.f, except an additional column is available to specify the other type of petrochemical thatis produced. For other petrochemical production, AD entry for Tier 3 is as follows:1.

Column |Petrochemical type|: select from the drop-down the type of petrochemical produced (i.e. styrene)or if another petrochemical, manually enter the chemical name.

Emission factor input
Section 3.9.2.2 in Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of EFs foreach subcategory of the petrochemical and carbon black production source category. The source for the IPCC
default EFs for each chemical are presented in Table 2.
Table 3.11 provides the default feedstocks and processes assumed for each chemical for the Tier 1 method. IPCC
default EFs are available for at least each default process/feedstock.
Table 2. Source of EFs for the petrochemical and carbon black production source category

Chemical

CO2 EFs

CH4 EFs

2.B.8.a Methanol

Table 3.12 and Table 3.10 (carbon content)

2.3 kg CH4 emissions per
tonne of methanol produced.

2.B.8.b Ethylene

Table 3.14, Table 3.15 (geographic adjustment Table 3.16
factor), Table 3.10 (carbon content)

2.B.8.c Ethylene dichloride Table 3.17, Table 3.10 (carbon content)
and vinyl chloride monomer

Table 3.19

2.B.8.d Ethylene oxide

Table 3.20, Table 3.10 (carbon content)

Table 3.21

2.B.8.e Acrylonitrile

Table 3.22, Table 3.10 (carbon content)

0.18 kg CH4/tonne
acrylonitrile produced

2.B.8.f Carbon black

Table 3.23, Table 3.10 (carbon content)

Table 3.24

2.B.8.x Other petrochemical User -specified
production

User -specified

For the input of CO2 and CH4 EFs the following worksheets are used for different Tiers:
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

CO2 Emissions – Tier 1
CH4 Emissions – Tier 1
CO2 Emissions – Tier 2
CO2 and CH4 Emissions from Combustion – Tier 3 (1/3)
CO2 and CH4 Emissions from Flared Gas – Tier 3 (2/3)
When the Tier 1 Equations are applied (CO2 and CH4):

i. CO2 emissions
The CO2 Emissions – Tier 1 worksheet is pre-filled by the Software with a number of rows corresponding to
the number of subdivision/type of process combinations that applied the Tier 1 CO2 calculation method, as
103 | P a g e

entered in worksheet [Methanol] [Ethylene] [Ethylene Dichloride and Vinyl Chloride Monomer][Ethylene Oxide][Acrylonitrile][Carbon Black][Other petrochemical] Production – Tier 1/2.
Note that: for the subcategory Ethylene Dichloride and Vinyl Chloride Monomer, the rows are further stratified by product type (either EDC or VCM). For
the subcategory Other petrochemical production, rows are further stratified by petrochemical type entered by the user.

Then enter EF information for 2.B.8.a Methanol and 2.B.8.b Ethylene as follows:
1. Column |EF|: select whether the CO2 EF is specified or calculated from feedstock.
Note that:Specified: -when selected the user enters the CO2 EF directly
From feedstock: – to calculate the CO2 EF from the feedstock, select the icon for the drop-down table. Any feedstock entered in the AD worksheet
will be automatically populated in the drop-down table, and accordingly the corresponding CO2 EF available in the drop-down in |Column EFk(CO2)|
2. Column |GAF| (applicable for Ethylene production only): select from the drop-down the geographic
adjustment factor corresponding to the relevant region. The geographic adjustment factor takes into
account that the default CO2 EF for ethylene production.
Note that Tier 1 CO2 EFs for ethylene production have been developed based on data for ethylene steam crackers operating in Western Europe. Geographic
Adjustment Factors are applied to the Tier 1 EF to account for regional variability in steam cracker operating efficiency.

Example: Tier 1 CO2 EFs for 2.B.8.a methanol and 2.B.8.b ethylene production
Note that this figure is for methanol production; this worksheet is available for each ethylene production.

104 | P a g e

Example: Tier 1 geographic adjustment factor for 2.B.8.b ethylene production

Then enter EF information for 2.B.8.c Ethylene Dichloride and Vinyl Chloride Monomer, 2.B.8.f Carbon
Black and 2.B.8.x Other petrochemical production as follows:
1. Column |EF|: select from the drop-down the IPCC default value for the relevant type of process, if
available, or enter a user-specific value, in tonnes CO2/tonne product produced.
Note that: the drop-down identifies the “default process” in accordance with Table 3.11 for EDC/VCM.

Example: Tier 1 CO2 EFs for 2.B.8.c EDC/VCM, 2.B.8.f carbon black,and other 2.B.8.x petrochemical production
Note that this figure is for EDC/VCM production; a similar worksheet is available for carbon black and other petrochemical production.

Then enter EF information for 2.B.8.d Ethylene Oxide as follows:
1. For each row, users click the symbol “⊞” on the left of the row to open a drop-down table where EF
values are to be compiled based on the catalyst specificity.
2. Column |Catalyst selectivity|: in the sub-table, select from the drop-down the catalyst selectivity (see Table
3.20 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, and accompanying guidance), otherwise enter in user-specific information.
3. Column |Fpp|: enter in the fraction (0-1) of the production produced using the catalyst selectivity
identified in Column |Catalyst selectivity|
Note that: The total in Column |Fpp| for each subdivision should equal 1.

105 | P a g e

4.

Column |EF|: the Software automatically populates the IPCC default CO2 EF, in tonnes CO2/tonne
ethylene oxide produced, based on the selection in Column |Catalyst selectivity|. The user may overwrite
this value.
Example: Tier 1 CO2 EFs for 2.B.8.d ethylene oxide production

Then enter EF information for 2.B.8.e Acrylonitrile as follows:
1. For each row, users click the symbol “⊞” on the left of the row to open a drop-down table where EF
values are to be compiled based on the process configuration.
2. Column |Process Configuration|: in the sub-table, select from the drop-down the process configuration(see Table 3.22 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, and accompanying guidance), otherwise enter in user-specificinformation.
3. Column |PR|: enter in the penetration rate (%) of the process configuration identified in Column |Process
Configuration|
Note that: The total in Column |PR| for each subdivision should equal 1.

4. Column |EF|: the Software automatically populates the IPCC default CO2 EF, in tonnes CO2/tonne
acrylonitrile produced, based on the selection in Column |Process Configuration|. The user may overwrite
this value.
Example: Tier 1 CO2 EFs for 2.B.8.e acrylonitrile production

106 | P a g e

ii. CH4 emissions
The CH4 Emissions – Tier 1 worksheet is prefilled by the Software with a number of rows corresponding to
the number of subdivision/type of process combinations entered in worksheet [Methanol] [Ethylene][Ethylene Dichloride and Vinyl Chloride Monomer][Ethylene Oxide][Acrylonitrile][Carbon
Black][Other petrochemical] Production – Tier 1/2.
Note that: for the subcategory Ethylene Dichloride and Vinyl Chloride Monomer, the rows are further stratified by product type (either EDC or VCM). For
the subcategory Other petrochemical production, rows are further stratified by petrochemical type entered by the user.

Then enter EF information for 2.B.8.a Methanol, 2.B.8.c Ethylene Oxide, 2.B.8.d Acrylonitrile and 2.B.8.x
Other petrochemical production as follows:
1. For each row, users click the symbol “⊞” on the left of the row to open a drop-down table where EF
values are to be compiled based on the amount of chemical produced, separated between fugitive, venting
and total CH4 emissions.
2. Column |Source|: select from the drop-down whether the CH4 EFs to be entered are based on fugitive,
vented or total emissions.
Note that: the IPCC default CH4 EFs are for total CH4 emissions; if user has specific information separate CH4 EFs could be entered for fugitive andvented emissions.

3. Column |EF|: select IPCC default CH4 EFs from the drop-down, if available, otherwise enter in userspecific information, in kg CH4/tonne product produced.

Example: Tier 1 CH4 EFs .for 2.B.8.a methanol, 2.B.8.d ethylene oxide, 2.B.8.e acrylonitrile and
2.B.8.x other petrochemical production
Note that this figure is for acrylonitrile production; a similar worksheet is available for the other listed chemicals

Then enter EF information for 2.B.8.b Ethylene Production as follows:
1. For each row, users click the symbol “⊞” on the left of the row to open a drop-down table where EF
values are to be compiled based on the type of feedstock used and amount of chemical produced.
2. Column |Source|: select from the drop-down menu whether the CH4 EFs to be entered are based on
fugitive, vented or total emissions.
3. Column |EF|: select whether the CH4 EF is specified or based on feedstock.
Note that:Specified: -when selected the user enters the CH4 EF directly
From feedstock: – IPCC default CH4 EFs for ethylene production are available based on feedstock used (EFs are available for ethane, naphtha andall other feedstocks). Information on the feedstocks are entered by selecting the icon for the drop-down table in Column |EF|:
Note that: the option to enter an EF based on the feedstock consumed is only active in the case where the Tier 1 method was selected in worksheet
Ethylene Production – Tier 1/2 and the amount of ethylene produced in that worksheet was calculated from feedstock in Column |PP|.

4. Column |Type of Feedstock|: The feedstocks are automatically populated based on information enteredin Ethylene Production – Tier 1/2.
5. Column |EFk(CH4)|: select the IPCC default CH4 EF, otherwise enter in the user-specific value.

107 | P a g e

Example: Tier 1 CH4 EFs for 2.B.8.b ethylene production

Then enter EF information for 2.B.8.d Ethylene Oxide and 2.B.8.f Carbon Black as follows:
1. For each row, users click the symbol “⊞” on the left of the row to open a drop-down table where EF
values are to be compiled based on the source, process configuration (type and penetration rate).
2. Column |Source|: select from the drop-down whether the CH4 EFs to be entered are based on fugitive,
vented or total emissions.
3. Column |Process Configuration|: in the sub-table, select from the drop-down the appropriate process
configuration. The default configurations as contained in Table 3.21 (ethylene oxide) and Table 3.24 (carbon
black) of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines are identified.
4. Column |PR|: enter in the penetration rate (%) of the process configuration identified in Column |Process
Configuration|
Note that: The total in Column |PR| for each subdivision should equal 1.

5. Column |EF|: the Software automatically populates the IPCC default CH4 EF, in kg CH4/tonne chemical
produced, based on the selection in Column |Process Configuration|, otherwise enter in the user-specificvalue.
Example: Tier 1 CH4 EFs for 2.B.8.d ethylene oxide and 2.B.8.f carbon black production
Note that this figure is for ethylene oxide production; a similar worksheet is available for carbon black

108 | P a g e

When the Tier 2 Equations are applied (CO2 only):
The CO2 Emissions – Tier 2 worksheet is pre-filled by the Software with a number of rows corresponding to thenumber of subdivision/type of process combinations that applied the Tier 2 CO2 calculation method, as entered inworksheet [Methanol] [Ethylene] [Ethylene Dichloride and Vinyl Chloride Monomer][Ethylene
Oxide][Acrylonitrile][Carbon
Black][Other
petrochemical]
Production
–
Tier
1/2.
Note that: for the subcategory Ethylene Dichloride and Vinyl Chloride Monomer, the rows are further stratified by product type (either EDC or VCM). For thesubcategory Other petrochemical production, rows are further stratified by petrochemical type entered by the user.

Then,
1. Column |CC|: the total carbon content of the feedstock is automatically populated, in tonnes C, based on
information entered in the AD worksheet.
2. Column |PP|: the total amount of chemical produced is automatically populated, in tonnes, based on
information entered in the AD worksheet.
3. Column |PC|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default carbon content for each petrochemical
and carbon black from Table 3.10; otherwise enter in the user-specific value
Example: Tier 2 CO2 carbon content of primary products
Note that this figure is for methanol production; but columns applicable to all petrochemicals and carbon black production

For 2.B.8.b Ethylene Production and 2.B.8.e Acrylonitrile Production, the carbon content of secondary
products shall also be considered in the mass balance equation. To incorporate the carbon content of thesesecondary products:
1. Column |SPC|: the total carbon content of the secondary product, in tonnes C, is automatically transferredto this table from the AD worksheet. To enter in the carbon content for these secondary products:
a. In worksheets [Ethylene Production – Tier 1/2] and [Acrylonitrile Production- Tier 1/2]
select the feedstock sub-table for those rows for which the Tier 2 Calculation Method was selected.
b. For each row, users click the symbol “⊞” on the left of the row to open a drop-down table where
secondar products are to be entered.
c. Column |SC|: the Software automatically populates the carbon content of secondary products, intonnes C/tonne secondary product where IPCC defaults exist; otherwise the user may enter userspecific carbon contents.

109 | P a g e

Example: Tier 2 CO2 carbon content of secondary products(2.B.8.b ethylene and 2.B.8.e acrylonitrile production)
Note that this figure is for ethylene production; a similar worksheet is available for acrylonitrile production

Example: Tier 2 CO2 carbon content of products for
2.B.8.b ethylene and 2.B.8.e acrylonitrile production
Note that this figure is for ethylene production; a similar worksheet is available for acrylonitrile production

When the Tier 3 Equations are applied:
Tier 3 CO2 and CH4 EFs using plant-specific data
For each chemical/subdivision/fuel in worksheet CO2 and CH4 Emissions from Combustion – Tier 3 (1/3),
the user will input information in a single row, or in a number of rows, plant-specific information as follows:
1. Column |EF|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default value for the given GHG or enter a userspecific value, in tonnes CO2/TJ or kg CH4/TJ.
Note that user shall select “Carbon dioxide (CO2)” or “Methane (CH4)” in the “Gas” bar at the top, to enter data for each GHG one by one.

110 | P a g e

Example: Tier 3 CO2 and CH4 EF for combustion
Note that this figure is for ethylene production; but the same worksheet is available for all petrochemicals

Then, for each chemical, and each subdivision for that chemical in worksheet CO2 and CH4 Emissions fromFlared Gas – Tier 3 (2/3), the user will input information in a single row, or in a number of rows, plant-specificinformation as follows:
1. Column |EF|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default value for the given GHG or enter auser-specific value, in tonnes CO2/TJ or kg CH4/TJ.
Note that user shall select “Carbon dioxide (CO2)” or “Methane (CH4)” in the “Gas” bar at the top, to enter data for each GHG one by one.

Example: Tier 3 CO2 and CH4 EF for flared gas
Note that this figure is for carbon black production; but the same worksheet is available for all petrochemicals and carbon black

Then, for each chemical, the Software automatically transfers total CO2 (fossil and biogenic) and CH4 emissions fromcombustion and flared gas following the Tier 3 method into worksheet CO2 and CH4 Emissions Summary –Tier 3 (3/3). For each chemical/subdivision/gas the user will input information in a single row, or in a number ofrows, plant-specific information on emissions from process vents as follows:
When “Carbon dioxide (CO2)” is selected in the “Gas” bar at the top:
1. Column |Ev Fossil|: enter a user-specific value for CO2 emissions from process vents that are of fossil
origin, in tonnes CO2.
2. Column |Ev Biogenicl|: enter a user-specific value for CO2 emissions from process vents that are ofbiogenic origin, in tonnes CO2.
When “Methane (CH4)” is selected in the “Gas” bar at the top:
1. Column |Ev|: enter a user-specific value for total CH4 emissions from process vents, in kg CH4.
111 | P a g e

Example: Tier 3 –gas vented
Note that this figure is for ethyelen production; but the same worksheet is available for all petrochemicals and carbon black

Tier 3 using atmospheric measurements (CH4 emissions)
The Tier 3 method using atmospheric measurements does not rely on AD*EF. Refer to section Direct measurement
below to learn how to enter data in the Software for this method.
Direct measurement
For each subdivision in worksheet Atmospheric measurement data - CH4 Emissions– Tier 3, the user will input
information in a single row, or in a number of rows, plant-specific information as follows:
1. Column |Measurement Campaign|: enter name or dates of measurements campaigns.
Note that: the dates of the measurement campaigns, when summed, must cover the entire reporting year.

2. Column |CtotalVOCs|: for each measurement campaign input concentration of total measured VOCs, in
μg/m3.
3. Column |CH4frac|: enter the CH4 fraction in total VOC concentration, fraction.
4. Column | CH4bglevel|: enter the ambient CH4 concentration at the background location, in μg/m3.
5. Column |Wind Speed|: enter the wind speed at the plant in, m/s.
6. Column |Plume Area|: enter the plume area in m2.
Then the Software calculates CH4 emissions in μg/s. To convert it to kg per year, the factor 0.03154 is used, whichis the conversion from μg to kg and from second to year.
7. Column |AEF|: individual measurement campaigns may only be a fraction of time during the year, theemissions must be summed over time to cover emissions from the entire year. In this column, enter thefraction of the year the measurement campaign was operational: (e.g. if Column |Measurement Campaign|indicates “January – June” Column |AEF| =0.5 to reflect half the year.
Note that the sum of the fractions in column AEF for a given subdivision should =1.

112 | P a g e

Example: CH4 atmospheric measurements – Tier 3
Note that this figure is for ethylene oxide production; this worksheet is available for each petrochemical and carbon black production.

Results
CO2 and CH4 emissions from the production of methanol, ethylene, ethylene oxide, ethylene dichloride and vinyl
chloride monomer, acrylonitrile, carbon black and other petrochemicals are estimated for each chemical individually
in mass units (tonnes of CO2 and kg CH4 and Gg) by the Software, for different Tiers in the following worksheets:
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

CO2 Emissions – Tier 1
CH4 Emissions – Tier 1
CO2 Emissions – Tier 2
CO2 and CH4 Emissions Summary – Tier 3 (3/3)
Atmospheric measurement data – CH4 Emissions – Tier 3

Where the user has indicated use of biogenic feedstock in the production of a petrochemical or carbon black in the
Software, CO2 emissions are totalled including and excluding biogenic CO2.
Total CO2 and CH4 emissions from the production of each chemical, is the sum of all emissions in the above
worksheet for that chemical, taking into account any capture and storage or other reduction. The worksheet Captureand storage or other reduction is provided in the Software to estimate these reductions.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |A|: users collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage),in tonnes.
2. Column |B|: users collect and input information on any other long-term reduction of CO2 or CH4, in
tonnes.
Note that: Column |B| may include short-term reductions only in cases where the subsequent GHG emissions from use are included elsewhere in the
GHG inventory.

3. Column |Biogenic|: indicate with a check if the process fuel is of biogenic origin.
Note that consistent with Volume 2, Chapter 2 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, capture of biogenic CO 2 for long-term storage may lead to negative CO2
emissions.

113 | P a g e

Example: Capture and storage or other reduction – for each chemical produced
Note that this figure is from the set of worksheets for ethylene production; this worksheet is available for each petrochemical and carbon black production.

114 | P a g e

2.B.9 Fluorochemical Production
Fluorochemical Production includes two subcategories:✓ 2.B.9.a By-product Emissions✓ 2.B.9.b Fugitive Emissions
Emissions of a chemical occur during its production and distribution or as a by-product during the production of a
related chemical (HFC-23 from HCFC-22 production is specifically identified as a category). There may also beemissions of the material that is being produced; the so-called ‘fugitive emissions.’ Both by-product and fugitive
emissions are calculated in the same way and for sources that are not key categories, fugitive and by-productemissions are considered the same.
For the purposes of data entry in the Software, and for interoperability with the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool,
HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 emissions are always calculated under source category 2.B.9.a By-product
Emissions. Fugitive emissions from production of HFC-134a, SF6 and NF3 should be calculated and reported
pursuant to the corresponding worksheets under category 2.B.9.b Fugitive Emissions.
For other emissions from fluorinated gas production, it is assumed that if category 2.B.9 is a key category, andemissions of a particular gas are considered significant, then the release of that gas should be considered a byproduct emission and calculated and reported under category 2.B.9.a. If category 2.B.9 is key, but release of aparticular gas is not considered significant, or if category 2.B.9 is non-key, other emissions from fluorinated gas
production should be considered a fugitive emissions and reported under source category 2.B.9.b Fugitive emissions.
This is consistent with footnote 2 in IPCC worksheet 3 of 3 for this category.
Given the guidance above, and review of the corresponding decision trees in Figures 3.16 and 3.17 of Volume 3,
Chapter 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines the user shall consider whether emissions from fluorochemical production
should be should be calculated and reported following worksheets for:✓ 2.B.9.a By-product Emissions – HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production✓ 2.B.9.a By-product Emissions – Other fluorinated compounds✓ 2.B.9.b Fugitive Emissions – Other fluorinated compounds
Once the user identifies where emissions should be reported, the corresponding guidance below can be consulted
to support data entry. The IPPU Users’ Guidebook separates the guidance for these three sets of activities to easedata entry and enhance comparability in reporting across users.
2.B.9.a By-product Emissions – HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production
Information
HFC-23 is generated as a by-product during the manufacture of HCFC-22.
The 2006 IPCC Guidelines provide three Tiers to estimate HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production. The Tier
1 method is relatively simple, involving the application of a default EF to the quantity of HCFC-22 produced at
individual plants or, if there is no abatement by destruction, to the total national output of HCFC-22. The Tier 2
method involves application of a Tier 2 EF based on knowledge of process efficiencies, and if known, abatement.
Tier 3 has three approaches based on direct measurement: Tier 3a (direct measurements of vent streams), Tier 3b(proxy method – when emissions are correlated with a proxy parameter) and Tier 3c (in-process measurements in areactor when HFC-23 emissions related to HCFC-22 production).
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHGs for HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production under the By-product
Emissions (2.B.9.a) source category:
CO2

CH4

N2O

HFCs
X

PFCs
X

SF6
X

NF3
X

IPCC Equations
115 | P a g e✓ Tier 1: Equations 3.30
✓ Tier 2: Equations 3.31, 3.32 and 3.33
✓ Tier 3: Tier 3a (Direct measurement of vent streams): Equations 3.34 and 3.37, Tier 3.b (Proxy method):Equations 3.35, 3.38, and 3.39, and Tier 3c (Monitoring reactor product): Equations 3.36 and 3.40
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specific Tier
3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement IPCC Tier 1 equations.
Software Worksheets
By-product Emissions – HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production are estimated using the following
worksheets:✓ 1.1.2 F-gases Manager: contains data on F-gases used (including imported) and/or produced and exported
in country.
✓ HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production: this worksheet contains for each subdivision the amountof HCFC-22 produced and HFC-23 default EFs. The users may input country-specific EFs. The worksheet
calculates the associated HFC-23 emissions.
✓ HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production – Tier 2: contains for each subdivision the amount of
HCFC-22 produced and EF based on carbon-balance and fluorine-balance efficiencies. The worksheet
calculates the associated HFC-23 emissions.
✓ HFC-23 emissions from individual process streams (Direct Method) – Tier 3a: contains for eachstream and measurement campaign the concentrations of HFC-23 in the vented gas stream(s), the flow rate
and time parameters needed to produce annual emissions. The worksheet calculates the associated HFC23 emissions.
✓ HFC-23 Emission Factor per unit of proxy quantity – Tier 3b (1/2): contains for each stream and trial
campaign the concentrations of HFC-23, the flow rate and the proxy quantity. The worksheet calculates a
HFC-23 EF per unit of proxy.
✓ Mass emissions of HFC-23 – Tier 3b (2/2): contains for each subdivision and each stream thecorrelation parameter (emission rate to operation rate) and duration of venting. It also contains information
on recovery (destruction) of HFC-23. The worksheet calculates the associated by-product HFC-23
emissions.
✓ HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 (Monitoring Method) – Tier 3c (1/2): contains for eachsubdivision and release period the concentrations of HFC-23 in the reactor, amount of HCFC-22 produced
during the release and duration when HFC-23 was vented, rather than destroyed. The worksheet calculatesHFC-23 emissions during individual release periods and for the year.
✓ HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 (Monitoring Method) – Tier 3c (2/2): contains for eachsubdivision and each stream the amount of recovery (destruction) of HFC-23. The worksheet calculates
the annual HFC-23 emissions.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on any other amount of recovered(reduced) fluorinated compounds, which are not accounted for in the Tier 1, 2 and 3 worksheets.
User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 3.16 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, GHG
estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to theavailability of AD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse users follow the following flowchart for By-product
Emissions – HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production.

1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

116 | P a g e

Flowchart for By-product emissions-HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 Production
STEP A
F-gases Manager
Specify F-gases
by Subdivision
Tier 1 equation

Tier 2 equations

STEP B.1
HFC-23 emissions from
HCFC-22 production
Input AD (amount of
HCFC-22 produced)

STEP B.2
HFC-23 emissions from
HCFC-22 production –Tier 2
Input AD (amount of
HCFC-22 produced)

STEP C.1
HFC-23 emissions from
HCFC-22 production
Input EF

STEP D.1
HFC-23 emissions from
HCFC-22 production
F-gases Emissions

Tier 3 equations(direct method)

STEP B.3a/C.3a
HFC-23 from individual
process streams – Tier 3a
Input concentrations of
HFC-23 in vent streams
and stream parameters(flow rate and time)

STEP C.2
HFC-23 emissions from
HCFC-22 production –Tier 2
Calculate EF (from C
and F balance
efficiencies)

STEP D.2
HFC-23 emissions from
HCFC-22 production –Tier 2F-gases Emissions

STEP D.3a
HFC-23 from individual
process streams – Tier 3a
F-gases Emissions

Tier 3 equations(proxy method)

Tier 3 equations(monitoring method)

STEP B.3b
HFC-23 Emission factor per unitof proxy quantity – Tier 3b (1/2)
Input concentrations of HFC-23
in vent streams and proxyquantity

STEP B.3c/C.3c
HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22
production (monitoring method) –Tier 3c (1/2)
Input HFC-23 concentrations in areactor, mass of HCFC-22
produced and duration of venting

STEP C.3b
Mass Emissions of HFC-23 –Tier 3b (2/2)
Input emission parameters

STEP C.3b.R
Mass Emissions of HFC-23 –Tier 3b (2/2)
Input amount of HFC-23
recovered

STEP D.3b
Mass Emissions of HFC-23 –Tier 3b (2/2)
F-gases Emissions

STEP C.3c.R
HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22
production (monitoring method) –Tier 3c (2/2)
Input amount of HFC-23 recovered

STEP D.3c
HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22
production (monitoring method) –Tier 3c (2/2)
F-gases Emissions

Step E
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of F-gases reduced otherwise

117 | P a g e

Thus, for the source-category:
Step A, 1.1.2 F-gases Manager, users ensure that all F-gases emitted for this source category (in this case, HFC23) have been checked off first in the country level F-gases Manager, and then in the IPCC category level F-gases
Manager.
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).

Then, for each subdivision, if any:
When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
Step B.1, in the worksheet HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production, users collect and input in the Software
information on the amount of HCFC-22 produced.
Step C.1, in the worksheet HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production, users collect and input an EF for
HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production.
Step D.1, in the worksheet HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production, the Software calculates the associatedHFC-23 emissions in mass units (kg and Gg of HFC-23).
When the Tier 2 Equations are applied:
Step B.2, in the worksheet HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production – Tier 2, users collect and input in
the Software information on the amount of HCFC-22 produced.
Step C.2, in the worksheet HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production – Tier 2, users input the carbonbalance and fluorine-balance efficiencies to calculate an average EF.
Step D.2, in the worksheet HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production – Tier 2, the Software calculates theassociated HFC-23 emissions in mass units (kg and Gg of HFC-23).
When the Tier 3 Equations are applied:
Tier 3.a Direct method
Step B.3a/C.3.a, in the worksheet HFC-23 emissions from individual process streams (Direct Method) –Tier 3a, users collect and input in the Software for each stream and measurement campaign the concentrations of
HFC-23 in the gas streams which are vented, as well as the flow rate and time parameters needed to produce annual
emissions.
Step D.3a, in the worksheet HFC-23 emissions from individual process streams (Direct Method) – Tier 3a,
the Software calculates the associated HFC-23 emissions for each vent stream in mass units (kg and Gg of HFC-23).
Tier 3.b Proxy method
Step B.3b, in the worksheet HFC-23 Emission Factor per unit of proxy quantity – Tier 3b (1/2), users collectand input in the Software, for each stream and trial campaign, information on the concentrations of HFC-23, as wellas the flow rate and the proxy quantity.
Step C.3b, in the worksheet Mass emissions of HFC-23 – Tier 3b (2/2), users input process parameters on themeasured standard emission rate to the actual rate at the facility, the current process operating rate for the proxyquantity, and the duration of venting.
Step C.3b.R, in the worksheet Mass emissions of HFC-23 – Tier 3b (2/2), for each vent stream users input in
the Software the amount of recovered (destroyed) HFC-23.
Step D.3b, in the worksheet Mass emissions of HFC-23 – Tier 3b (2/2), the Software calculates the associatedHFC-23 emissions for each vent stream and total emissions in mass units (kg and Gg of HFC-23).
118 | P a g e

119 | P a g e

Tier 3.c Monitoring method
Step B.3c /C.3c, in the worksheet HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 (Monitoring method) – Tier 3c (1/2),
users collect and input in the Software information for each release period on the concentrations of HFC-23 in thereactor, the amount of HCFC-22 produced during the release and duration when HFC-23 was vented, rather thandestroyed.
Step C.3c.R, in the worksheet HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 (Monitoring method) – Tier 3c (2/2), users
input the amount of recovered (destroyed) HFC-23.
Note that: where there is abatement then it must be shown that the abatement actually treats all streams that may be released into the atmosphere, including direct gas
vents and the outgassing of aqueous streams. The latter, especially, may not be passed to the destruction facility. If all potential vent streams are not treated, the method
cannot be used.

Step D.3c, in the worksheet HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 (Monitoring Method) – Tier 3c (2/2), theSoftware calculates the associated HFC-23 emissions in mass units (kg and Gg of HFC-23).
Then, for each tier, as appropriate:
Step E, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, users collect and input in the Software
information on the amount of recovered/reduced fluorinated compounds, not accounted for elsewhere in
calculation worksheets.
Activity data input
Section 3.10.1.2 in Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD for
By-product emissions of HFC-23 from HCFC-22 production.
As a Starting step, users must ensure that the 1.1.2 F-gases Manager has been populated for all F-gases (or, if
applicable, blends) to be reported for the source category By-product emissions of HFC-23 from HCFC-22
production. In this case, the only relevant F-gas is HFC-23.
Note that if HFC-23 is not checked in the F-gases Manager, then it will not be possible to enter any data in this worksheet. If data entry is not possible, select theF-Gases Manager from any tab. This will open the F-gases Manager – applicability at IPCC Category Level. Navigate to the bottom of the pop-up box andselect Chemicals at country level. This will take the user back to the country level- F-gases Manager to check HFC-23. Save and close the dialogue box for the country
level F-gases Manager and the user returns to the Category level F-gases Manager.

The user is not required to further select relevant F-gases for this category (HFC-23 will be automatically checked).
For users intending to use data entered in the Software for reporting in the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool: If AD and/or emissions for this category are considered
confidential, the user may check the box UNFCCC CRT Confidentiality. If checked, “C” will be reported for AD and emissions in the JSON file generated for the
CRT; and all emissions will be reported in category 2.H in Table2(II).B-Hs2 of the CRT, as unspecified mix of HFCs and PFCs, in tonnes.

120 | P a g e

Example: Populating the F-gases manager and designating confidentiality for category:
By-product emissions-HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 Production

Second, input of AD for the By-product emissions of HFC-23 from HCFC-22 production requires the user firstto enter information on the subdivisions in the country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with asingle row of data for the entire category, with its univocal name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g.
“country name” or “Unspecified” as selected from the drop-down menu].
Example: single subdivision (unspecified)

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions

121 | P a g e

When Tier 1 Equation is applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22
production worksheet, row by row, as follows:
1. Column |P|: input the amount of HCFC-22 produced, in kg.
When Tier 2 Equations are applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22
production – Tier 2 worksheet, row by row, as follows:
1. Column | P|: input the amount of HCFC-22 produced, in kg.
Example: AD input – Tier 2

When the Tier 3 Equations are applied:
Tier 3.a Direct method
The Tier 3.a Direct method does not rely on AD*EF. Refer to section Direct measurement below to learn how toenter data in the Software for this method.
Tier 3.b Proxy method
The Tier 3.b Proxy method does not rely on AD*EF. Refer to section Direct measurement below to learn how toenter data in the Software for this method.
Tier 3.c Monitoring method
The Tier 3.c Monitoring method does not rely on AD*EF. Refer to section Direct measurement below to learn how
to enter data in the Software for this method.
Emission factors input
Section 3.10.1.2 in Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of EFs for
By-product emissions of HFC-23 from HCFC-22. Higher-tier methods rely on plant-specific measurements or
sampling. Tier 1 default EFs are provided in Table 3.28

122 | P a g e

When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, in worksheet HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production
row by row, as follows:
1. Column |EFi|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default EF, otherwise input a user-specificvalue, in kg of HFC-23/kg of HCFC-22 produced.
Example: Tier 1 EFs - By-product emissions of HFC-23 from HCFC-22

When Tier 2 Equations are applied:In the Tier 2 methodology, the HFC-23 EF is derived from records of process efficiencies. The EF is generally
calculated as the average of the carbon efficiency (Equation 3.32) and the fluorine efficiency (Equation 3.33), unlessthere are overriding considerations (such as a much lower uncertainty of one of the efficiency measures) that can beadequately documented.
Annual average carbon and fluorine balance efficiencies are features of a well-managed HCFC-22 plant and arenormally available to the plant operator or may be obtained by examination of process accounting records. Similarly,
if there is a vent treatment system, the length of time that this stream was in operation, and treatment of that ventstream should also be available from plant records.
To calculate the EF, for each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in By-product emissions of
HFC-23 from HCFC-22. Tier 2: worksheet, row by row, as follows:
1. Column |Fr|: enter the fraction of the year when the vent stream was released to the atmosphere without
treatment.
2. Column |CBE|: enter the carbon balance efficiency taken from the plant operator, in percent.
3. Column |Fel|: enter the efficiency loss factor, fraction.
Note that the factor to assign the efficiency loss to HFC-23 is specific to each plant and, if this method of calculation is used, the factor should have been
established by the process operator. By default, the value is 1; that is all of the loss in efficiency is due to co-production of HFC-23. In practice, this iscommonly the most significant efficiency loss, being much larger than losses of raw materials or products.

4. Column |FBE|: enter the fluorine balance efficiency taken from the plant operator, in percent.
5. Column |Fel|: enter in the efficiency loss factor, fraction.
Note that the factor to assign the efficiency loss to HFC-23 is specific to each plant and, if this method of calculation is used, the factor should have been
established by the process operator. By default, the value is 1; that is all of the loss in efficiency is due to co-production of HFC-23. In practice, this iscommonly the most significant efficiency loss, being much larger than losses of raw materials or products.

Equations 3.32 and 3.33 also include variables for carbon content and fluorine content. The factors for carbon andfluorine contents are calculated from the molecular compositions of HFC-23 and HCFC-22 and are common to all
HCFC-22 plants at 0.81 for carbon and 0.54 for fluorine. These contents are directly incorporated into the EF
calculations in the Software.
123 | P a g e

Example: Tier 2 EFs - By-product emissions of HFC-23 from HCFC-22

Direct measurement
Tier 3.a Direct method
For each subdivision in Column |i|, data are entered in worksheet HFC-23 emissions from individual process
streams (Direct Method) – Tier 3a, row by row, as follows:
1. Column |j|. enter a name for individual process stream.
2. Column |Measurement campaign|: for each subdivision/process stream input the name or dates of themeasurement campaigns.
3. Column |Cij|: For each subdivision/process stream/measurement campaign, input the concentration of
HFC-23 in the gas stream which is actually vented, in kg HFC-23/ kg of gas stream.
4. Column |fij|: For each subdivision/process stream/measurement campaign input the flow rate of the gas,in kg of gas stream per hour.
5. Column |t|: For each subdivision/process stream/measurement campaign enter the length of time inhours, these parameters are measured.
Note that the sum of hours input in column "t" shall correspond to the total time, in hours, of activity of the facility (i) in the reporting year, for which
individual jet streams (j) are input in the worksheet.

Example: Tier 3a – direct method

Tier 3.b Proxy method
For each subdivision in Column |i| (Tier 3 requires plant- or facility- specific input), data are entered in worksheet
HFC-23 Emission Factor per unit of proxy quantity – Tier 3b (1/2), row by row, as follows:
1. Column |j|. enter a name for the individual vent stream.
124 | P a g e

2. Column |T|: for each subdivision (plant)/vent stream, input the name or date of the trial campaigns.
3. Column |CTij|: for each subdivision/vent stream/trial campaign input the concentration of HFC-23 in thevent stream, in kg HFC-23/kg of gas stream.
4. Column |fTij|: for each subdivision/vent stream/trial campaign, input the average mass flow rate of thevent stream, in kg of vent stream/hour.
5. Column |PORTij|:for each subdivision/vent stream/trial campaign, input the proxy quantity (e.g.
operating rate) in units per hour.
Note that the ‘unit’ depends on the proxy quantity adopted for plant i vent stream j (for example, kg/hour or m 3/hour of feedstock). In almost all cases,
the rate of plant operation is considered a suitable proxy and the quantity of HFC-23 emitted depends on the current plant operating rate and the lengthof time the vent flow was released.

The worksheet calculates an average HFC-23 EF per unit of proxy. Then, the subdivisions/vent streams and thecalculated EF entered in worksheet HFC-23 Emission Factor per unit of proxy quantity – Tier 3b (1/2) aretransferred automatically.to worksheet Mass emissions of HFC-23 – Tier 3b (2/2).
Then, for each subdivision/individual vent stream,
6. Column | Fij|. the users enter a dimensionless factor relating the measured standard mass emission rate to
the emission rate at the actual plant operating rate.
Note that in many cases, the fraction produced is not sensitive to operating rate and Fi is unity (i.e., the emission rate is proportional to operating rate).
In other cases the emission rate is a more complex function of the operating rate. In all cases Fi should be derived during the plant trial by measuring
HFC-23 production at different operating rates. For situations where a simple function relating the emissions to the operating ratecannot be determined from testing, the proxy method is not considered appropriate and continuous measurement isdesirable.
7.

Column |PORij|: Users enter the current process operating rate applicable to that vent stream, j, averaged
over the time period, t, in ‘unit/hour’.
Note that the units of this parameter must be consistent between the plant trial establishing the standard emission rate and the estimate of ongoing,
operational emissions

8. Column |t|.: enter the time, in hours, of actual venting for the year, or the period if the process is notoperated continuously.
Note that annual emissions become the sum of all the periods during the year. The periods during which the vent stream is processed in a destruction systemshould not be counted here.

9. Column |Rij|: enter in the quantity of HFC-23 recovered from each vent stream for use as chemical
feedstock, and hence destroyed, in kg/year.
Example: AD for Tier 3b – proxy method (1/2)

125 | P a g e

Example: AD for Tier 3b – proxy method (2/2)

Tier 3.c Monitoring method
For each subdivision in Column |i|, plant-specific data are entered in worksheet HFC-23 emissions from HCFC22 (Monitoring Method) – Tier 3c (1/2), row by row, as follows:
1. Column |M| users input the name or time for individual release period(s).
2. Column |Cj|:For each subdivision/individual release period input the concentration of HFC-23 in thereactor product, in kg HFC-23 per kg HCFC-22 produced.
3. Column |Pi|: input the mass of HCFC-22 produced during individual release period M, in kg.
4. Column |tF|: enter the fraction of the period during which this HFC-23 is actually vented to theatmosphere rather than destroyed.
Worksheet HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 (Monitoring Method) – Tier 3c (1/2) then sums the vented
HFC-23 from each facility during the year, in kg. Then, in worksheet HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22(Monitoring Method) – Tier 3c (2/2):
5. Column |Ri|: enter the amount of HFC-23 recovered from the facility for use as chemical feedstock andhence destroyed.
Note that: where there is abatement then it must be shown that the abatement actually treats all streams that may be released into the atmosphere, including
direct gas vents and the outgassing of aqueous streams. The latter, especially, may not be passed to the destruction facility. If all potential vent streams are
not treated, the method cannot be used.

Example: Tier 3.c – monitoring method (1/2)

126 | P a g e

Example: Tier 3.c – monitoring method (2/2)

Results
By-product Emissions- HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production are estimated in mass units (kg and Gg) by
the Software for each row, and the total for all rows, in the following worksheets.
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production
HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production – Tier 2
HFC-23 emissions from individual process streams (Direct Method) – Tier 3a
Mass emissions of HFC-23 – Tier 3b (2/2)
HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 (Monitoring Method) – Tier 3c (2/2)

Total HFC-23 emissions from HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production is the sum of all emissions in theabove worksheets, taking into account any capture or destruction. The worksheet Capture and storage or otherreduction is provided in the Software to estimate these reductions. As described above, recovery and destruction are
already accounted for in the Tier 2 and Tier 3 worksheets above. Users shall ensure that recovery /destruction
reported in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction does not double count that already reported.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |CH|: select from the drop-down menu HCFC-22
2. Column |SRC|: enter any identifying information for the source, if applicable.
3. Column |B|: collect and input information on any other long-term reduction of HFC-23, in tonnes.
Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

127 | P a g e

2.B.9.a By-product Emissions – other fluorinated compounds
Information
A large number of fluorine containing GHGs can be produced as by-product emissions during fluorochemical
manufacture and emitted into the atmosphere.
For the purposes of data entry in the Software, and for interoperability with the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool,
HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 emissions are always calculated under source category 2.B.9.a By-product
Emissions. Fugitive emissions from production of HFC-134a, SF6 and NF3 should be calculated and reported
pursuant to the corresponding worksheets under category 2.B.9.b Fugitive Emissions.
For other emissions from fluorinated gas production, it is assumed that if category 2.B.9 is a key category, andemissions of a particular gas are considered significant, then the release of that gas should be considered a byproduct emission and calculated and reported under category 2.B.9.a. If category 2.B.9 is key, but release of aparticular gas is not considered significant, or if category 2.B.9 is non-key, other emissions from fluorinated gas
production should be considered a fugitive emissions and reported under source category 2.B.9.b Fugitive emissions.
This is consistent with footnote 2 in IPCC worksheet 3 of 3 for this category.
The 2006 IPCC Guidelines provide two Tiers to estimate by-product emissions from other fluorinated compounds(other than HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 production). The Tier 1 methodology relies on information on total
production of the fluorinated gas (individual species of HFCs, PFCs, SF6 and other fluorinated GHGs) and a default
EF. There are two Tier 3 approaches: Tier 3a and Tier 3b. In the Tier 3a methodology, total emissions equal thesum of factory-specific emissions of each by-product fluorinated gas determined using standard methods to estimate
the composition and flowrate of gas streams vented to the atmosphere after any abatement technology. In the Tier
3b proxy methodology, the emission rate of the by-product is normalised to a more easily (or accurately) measurable
parameter, such as feedstock flow rate.
The Tier 2 method based on process efficiencies, which works for HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 plants, isconsidered of less value for other types of fluorinated gas production plants, and thus not included in the Software.
In accordance with the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, in the absence of country-specific information, the quantity ofemissions estimated from process inefficiencies may be used in a qualitative decision as to whether or not theseemissions are a significant subcategory under a key category, in which case, a Tier 3 methodology in the Software
should be used.
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHGs for production of other fluorinated compounds under the By-product
Emissions (2.B.9.a) source category:
CO2

CH4

N2O

HFCs
X

PFCs
X

SF6
X

NF3
X

IPCC Equations✓ Tier 1: Equation 3.41
✓ Tier 2: no IPCC Tier 2 Equation provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines✓ Tier 3: Equation 3.42 (Direct method) and Equation 3.43, 3.38 and 3.39 (Proxy method)
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specific Tier
3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement IPCC Tier 1 equations.
Software Worksheets
GHG emissions from By-product emissions- from production of other fluorinated compounds are estimated using
the following worksheets:✓ 1.1.2 F-gases Manager: contains data on F-gases used (including imported) and/or produced and exported
in country.

128 | P a g e✓ Other Fluorinated Compounds: this worksheet contains for each subdivision and each principal
fluorinated compound produced the amount of production of principal compound and a default EF. The
worksheet calculates the by-product emissions of other fluorinated compounds.
✓ Other Fluorinated Compounds (Direct Method) – Tier 3 contains for each stream and measurement
campaign the concentrations of fluorinated compounds in the gas streams which are vented, the flow rate
and the time parameters needed to produce annual emissions. The worksheet calculates the by-productemissions of other fluorinated compounds.
✓ Other Fluorinated Compounds (Proxy Method) – Tier 3 (1/2): contains for each stream and trial
campaign the concentrations of fluorinated compounds, the flow rate and the proxy quantity. The
worksheet calculates EF of fluorinated compounds per unit of proxy.
✓ Other Fluorinated Compounds (Proxy Method) – Tier 3 (2/2): contains for each subdivision and eachstream the correlation parameter (emission rate to operation rate) and duration of venting. It also contains
information on recovery (destruction) of fluorinated compounds. The worksheet calculates the by-productemissions of other fluorinated compounds.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on any other amount of recovered(reduced) fluorinated compounds, which are not accounted for in the Tier 1, 2 and 3 worksheets.
User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 3.17 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, GHG
estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to theavailability of AD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart for By-product
Emissions-from production of other fluorinated compounds.

1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

129 | P a g e

By-product emissions from production of other fluorinated compounds – flowchart

STEP A
F-gases Manager
Specify F-gases
by Subdivision
by Fluorinated Compound producedby F-gas emitted
Tier 1 equation

STEP B.1
Other Fluorinatedcompounds
Input AD (amount of
FC produced)

STEP C.1
Other Fluorinatedcompounds
Input EF

STEP D.1
Other Fluorinatedcompounds
F-gases Emissions

Tier 3 equation(direct method)

STEP B.3a/C.3a
Other fluorinatedcompounds(Direct Method)
Input FC concentrations
in vent streams andstream parameters (flowrate and time)

STEP D.3a
Other fluorinatedcompounds(Direct Method)
F-gases Emissions

Tier 3 equations(proxy method)
STEP B.3b
Other fluorinated compounds(Proxy Method) (1/2)
Input FC concentrations in ventstreams and proxy quantity
STEP C.3b
Other fluorinated compounds(Proxy Method) (2/2)
Input emission parameters

STEP C.3b.R
Other fluorinated compounds(Proxy Method) (2/2)
Input amount of FC recovered
STEP D.3b
Other fluorinated compounds(Proxy Method) (2/2)
F-gases Emissions

Step E
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of F-gases reduced otherwise

Thus, for the source-category:
Step A, 1.1.2 F-gases Manager, users ensure that all F-gases emitted for this source category have been checked
off first in the country level F-gases Manager, and then in the IPCC category level F-gases Manager.
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
130 | P a g e

Then, for each subdivision, if any:
When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
Step B.1, in the worksheet Other Fluorinated Compounds, users collect and input in the Software information on
the amount of a principal fluorochemical compound produced, and the gase(es) emitted.
Step C.1, in the worksheet Other Fluorinated Compounds, users input an EF for by-product fluorinatedcompounds emitted.
Step D.1, in the worksheet Other Fluorinated Compounds, the Software calculates the associated fluorochemicalcompounds emissions in mass units (kg and Gg).
When Tier 3 Equations are applied:
Tier 3.a Direct method
Step B.3a/C.3.a in the worksheet Other Fluorinated Compounds (Direct Method) – Tier 3, users collect andinput in the Software, for each stream and measurement campaign, the concentrations of fluorochemical compounds
in the gas streams which are vented, the flow rate and time parameters needed to produce annual emissions.
Step D.3a, in the worksheet Other Fluorinated Compounds (Direct Method) – Tier 3, the Software calculates
the associated fluorochemical compounds emissions for each vent stream in mass units (kg and Gg).
Tier 3.b Proxy method
Step B.3b, in the worksheet Other Fluorinated Compounds (Proxy Method) – Tier 3 (1/2), users collect andinput in the Software information for each stream and trial campaign the concentrations of fluorochemicalcompounds, as well as the flow rate and the proxy quantity.
Step C.3b, in the worksheet Other Fluorinated Compounds (Proxy Method) – Tier 3 (2/2), for each ventstream users input in the Software the measured standard emission rate to the actual rate at the facility, the current
process operating rate for the proxy quantity, and the duration of venting
Step C.3b.R, in the worksheet Other Fluorinated Compounds (Proxy Method) – Tier 3 (2/2), for each ventstream, users input the amount of recovered (destroyed) fluorochemical compound.
Step D.3b, in the worksheet Other Fluorinated Compounds (Proxy Method) – Tier 3 (2/2), the Software
calculates the associated fluorochemical compounds emissions for each vent stream and total emissions in massunits (kg and Gg).
Then, for each tier, as appropriate:
Step E, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, users collect and input in the Software
information on the amount of recovered/reduced fluorinated compounds, which are not accounted for elsewherein calculation worksheets.

131 | P a g e

Activity data input
Section 3.10.2.2 Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD for
By-product emissions from production of other fluorinated compounds.
As a Starting step, users must ensure that the 1.1.2 F-gases Manager has been populated for all F-gases (or, if
applicable, blends) to be reported for the source category By-product emissions from production of otherfluorinated compounds.
Note that if no F-gases are checked in the F-gases Manager, it will not be possible to enter any data in this worksheet. If data entry is not possible, select the FGases Manager from any tab. This will open the F-gases Manager – applicability at IPCC Category Level. Navigate to the bottom of the pop-up box and selectChemicals at country level. This will take the user back to the country level- F-gases Manager to check all F-gases consumed (including imported) and produced andexported. Save and close the dialogue box for the country level F-gases Manager and the user returns to the IPCC Category level F-gases Manager. In the IPCC
Category level F-gases Manager, the user selects which of the relevant F-gases are applicable for this category.
For users intending to use data entered in the Software for reporting in the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool: If AD and/or emissions for a particular F-gas in thiscategory is considered confidential, the user may check the box UNFCCC CRT Confidentiality for that gas. If checked, “C” will be reported for AD and emissions
in the JSON file generated for the CRT; and all emissions will be reported in category 2.H in Table2(II).B-Hs2 of the CRT. All confidential gases will be reported
together as unspecified mix of HFCs and PFCs, SF6 or NF3, as appropriate.

Example: Populating the F-gases manager and designating confidentiality for category:
By-product emissions from production of other fluorinated compounds

Second, input of AD for By-product emissions from production of other fluorinated compounds requires the user
first to enter information on the subdivisions in the country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either witha single row of data for the entire category, with its univocal name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g.
“country name” or “Unspecified” as selected from the drop-down menu].

132 | P a g e

Example: single subdivision (unspecified)

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions

When Tier 1 Equation is applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in Other fluorinated compounds worksheet, row
by row, as follows:
1. Column |Principal compound produced|: enter the principal compound produced.
2. Column |Gas emitted|: select from the drop-down menu, the gas emitted.
3. Column |Pk|: enter the amount of principal fluorinated compound produced, in kg.
Example: AD for other fluorinated compounds – Tier 1

133 | P a g e

When Tier 3 Equations are applied:
Tier 3.a Direct method
The Tier 3.a Direct method does not rely on AD*EF. Refer to section Direct measurement below to learn how toenter data in the Software for this method.
Tier 3.b Proxy method
The Tier 3.b Proxy method does not rely on AD*EF. Refer to section Direct measurement below to learn how toenter data in the Software for this method.
Emission factors input
Section 3.10.2.2 Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of EFs for
By-product emissions from production of other fluorinated compounds.
When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, in worksheet Other fluorinated compounds row by row, as
follows:
1.

Column |EFk|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default EF, otherwise input a user-specificvalue, in kg of by-product gas emitted per kg of principal gas produced.
Example: Tier 1 EFs – other fluorinated compounds

Direct measurement
Tier 3.a Direct method
For each subdivision in Column |i|, data are entered in worksheet Other Fluorinated Compounds (Direct
Method) – Tier 3, row by row, as follows:
1. Column |j|: enter a name for individual process stream.
2. Column |Measurement campaign|: for each subdivision/process stream input the name or dates of themeasurement campaigns.
3. Column |Cij|: For each subdivision/process stream/measurement campaign, input the concentration of
HFC-23 in the gas stream which is actually vented, in kg fluorinated compound/kg of gas stream.
4. Column |fij|: For each subdivision/process stream/measurement campaign input the flow rate of the gas,in kg of gas stream/ hour.
5. Column |t|: For each subdivision/process stream/measurement campaign enter the length of time inhours, these parameters are measured.
Note that the sum of hours input in column "t" shall correspond to the total time, in hours, of activity of the facility (i) in the reporting year, for which
individual jet streams (j) are input in the worksheet.

134 | P a g e

Example: Tier 3 – direct method

Tier 3.b Proxy method
For each subdivision in Column |i| (Tier 3 requires plant- or facility- specific input), data are entered in worksheet
Other Fluorinated Compounds (Proxy method) – Tier 3 (1/2), row by row, as follows:
1. Column |j|. enter a name for the individual vent stream.
2. Column |T|: for each subdivision (plant)/vent stream, input the name or date of the trial campaigns.
3. Column |CTij|: for each subdivision/vent stream/trial campaign input the concentration of fluorinatedcompound in the vent stream, in kg fluorinated compound/kg of gas stream.
4. Column |fTij|: for each subdivision/vent stream/trial campaign, input the average mass flow rate of thevent stream, in kg of vent stream/hour.
5. Column |PORTij|: for each subdivision/vent stream/trial campaign, input the proxy quantity (e.g.
operating rate) in units per hour.
Note that the ‘unit’ depends on the proxy quantity adopted for plant i vent stream j (for example, kg/hour or m 3/hour of feedstock). In almost all cases,
the rate of plant operation is considered a suitable proxy and the quantity of fluorinated compound emitted depends on the current plant operating rate andthe length of time the vent flow was released.

The worksheet calculates an average Fluorinated compound EF per unit of proxy. Then, the subdivisions/ventstreams and the calculated EF entered in worksheet Other Fluorinated Compounds (Proxy method) – Tier 3(1/2), are transferred automatically.to worksheet Other Fluorinated Compounds (Proxy method) – Tier 3 (2/2).
Then, for each subdivision/individual vent stream,
6. Column | Fij|. the users enter a dimensionless factor relating the measured standard mass emission rate to
the emission rate at the actual plant operating rate.
Note that in many cases, the fraction produced is not sensitive to operating rate and Fi is unity (i.e., the emission rate is proportional to operating rate).
In other cases the emission rate is a more complex function of the operating rate. In all cases Fi should be derived during the plant trial by measuring
HFC-23 production at different operating rates. For situations where a simple function relating the emissions to the operating ratecannot be determined from testing, the proxy method is not considered appropriate and continuous measurement isdesirable.

7. Column |PORij|: Users enter the current process operating rate applicable to that vent stream, j, averaged
over the time period, t, in ‘unit/hour’.
Note that the units of this parameter must be consistent between the plant trial establishing the standard emission rate and the estimate of ongoing,
operational emissions

8. Column |t|.: enter the time, in hours, of actual venting for the year, or the period if the process is notoperated continuously.
Note that annual emissions become the sum of all the periods during the year. The periods during which the vent stream is processed in a destruction systemshould not be counted here.

9. Column |Rij|: enter in the quantity of fluorinated compound recovered from each vent stream for use as
chemical feedstock, and hence destroyed.
135 | P a g e

Results
By-product emissions from production of other fluorinated compounds are estimated in mass units (kg and Gg) by
the Software in the following worksheets for different Tiers.
✓ Other Fluorinated Compounds:✓ Other Fluorinated Compounds (Direct Method) – Tier 3✓ Other Fluorinated Compounds (Proxy Method) – Tier 3 (2/2)
Total emissions from production of other fluorinated compounds is the sum of all emissions in the above
worksheets, taking into account any capture or destruction. The worksheet Capture and storage or otherreduction is provided in the Software to estimate these reductions. As described above, recovery and destruction are
already accounted for in the Tier 3 worksheets above. Users shall ensure that recovery /destruction reported in theworksheet Capture and storage or other reduction does not double count that already reported.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |CH|: enter in the drop-down menu the type of fluorinated compound produced, for which thedestruction / reduction activity is taking place.
2. Column |SRC|: enter any identifying information for the source, if applicable.
3. Column |B|: collect and input information on any other long-term reduction of fluorinated GHGs emitted,
in tonnes.
Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

136 | P a g e

2.B.9.b Fugitive Emissions – from production of other fluorinated compounds
Information
Emissions of a chemical occur during its production and distribution or as a by-product during the production of a
related chemical (HFC-23 from HCFC-22 production is covered specifically and described above). There may also
be emissions of the material that is being produced; the so-called ‘fugitive emissions’.
For the purposes of data entry in the Software, and for interoperability with the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool,
HFC-23 emissions from HCFC-22 emissions are always calculated under source category 2.B.9.a By-product
Emissions. Fugitive emissions from production of HFC-134a, SF6 and NF3 should be calculated and reported
pursuant to the corresponding worksheets under category 2.B.9.b Fugitive Emissions.
For other emissions from fluorinated gas production, it is assumed that if category 2.B.9 is a key category, andemissions of a particular gas are considered significant, then the release of that gas should be considered a byproduct emission and calculated and reported under category 2.B.9.a. If category 2.B.9 is key, but release of aparticular gas is not considered significant, or if category 2.B.9 is non-key, other emissions from fluorinated gas
production should be considered a fugitive emissions and reported under source category 2.B.9.b Fugitive emissions.
This is consistent with footnote 2 in IPCC worksheet 3 of 3 for this category.
The Software provides only a Tier 1 method for fugitive emissions from fluorochemical production, based on the
production of the fluorinated compound and a default EF.
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHGs for production of other fluorinated compounds under the Fugitive
Emissions (2.B.9.b) source category:
CO2

CH4

N2O

HFCs
X

PFCs
X

SF6
X

NF3
X

IPCC Equations✓ Tier 1: Equation 3.41
✓ Tier 2: no IPCC Tier 2 Equation provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines✓ Tier 3: no IPCC Tier 3 Equation provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specific Tier
3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement IPCC Tier 1 equations.
Software Worksheets
GHG emissions from the Fugitive emissions source category are estimated using the following two worksheets:✓ 1.1.2 F-gases Manager: contains data on F-gases used (including imported) and/or produced and exported
in country.
✓ Other Fluorinated Compounds: contains for each subdivision information on the amount of fluorinatedgas produced and the fugitive EF. The worksheet calculates the associated F-gases emissions.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on reduction of F-gases.
User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 3.17 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, GHG
estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart for Fugitive
Emissions-from production of other fluorinated compounds.

137 | P a g e

Fugitive Emissions – flowchart

STEP A
F-gases Manager
Specify F-gases
by Subdivision

by Fluorinated Compound producedby F-gas emitted

Tier 1 equation

STEP B
Other Fluorinated Compounds
Input AD (amount of fluorinated compound
produced)
STEP C
Other Fluorinated Compounds
Input EF
STEP D
Other Fluorinated Compounds
F-gases Emissions
Step E
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of F-gases reduced

Thus, for the source-category:
Step A, 1.1.2 F-gases Manager, users ensure that all F-gases emitted for this source category have been checked
off first in the country level F-gases Manager, and then in the IPCC category level F-gases Manager.
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
Step B, in the worksheet Other fluorinated compounds, users collect and input in the Software information on
the amount of fluorinated principal compound produced and the gas(es) emitted.
138 | P a g e

Step C, in worksheet Other fluorinated compounds, users input an EF for fluorinated compounds.
Step D, in the worksheet Other fluorinated compounds, the Software calculates the associated fluorochemicalcompounds emissions in mass units (kg and Gg).
Step E, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, users collect and input in the Software
information on the amount of recovered/reduced fluorinated compounds, which are not accounted for elsewherein calculation worksheets.

Activity data input
Section 3.10.2.2 Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD for
fugitive emissions from production of other fluorinated compounds.
As a Starting step, users must ensure that the 1.1.2 F-gases Manager has been populated for all F-gases (or, if
applicable, blends) to be reported for the source category Fugitive Emissions.
Note that if no F-gases are checked in the F-gases Manager, it will not be possible to enter any data in this worksheet. If data entry is not possible, select the FGases Manager from any tab. This will open the F-gases Manager – applicability at IPCC Category Level. Navigate to the bottom of the pop-up box and selectChemicals at country level. This will take the user back to the country level- F-gases Manager to check all F-gases consumed (including imported) and produced andexported. Save and close the dialogue box for the country level F-gases Manager and the user returns to the IPCC Category level F-gases Manager. In the IPCC
Category level F-gases Manager, the user selects which of the relevant F-gases are applicable for this category.
For users intending to use data entered in the Software for reporting in the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool: If AD and/or emissions for a particular F-gas in thiscategory is considered confidential, the user may check the box UNFCCC CRT Confidentiality for that gas. If checked, “C” will be reported for AD and emissions
in the JSON file generated for the CRT; and all emissions will be reported in category 2.H in Table2(II).B-Hs2 of the CRT. All confidential gases will be reported
together as unspecified mix of HFCs and PFCs, SF6 or NF3, as appropriate.

Example: Populating the F-gases manager and designating confidentiality for category:
Fugitive Emissions

Second, input of AD for Fugitive Emissions requires the user first to enter information on the subdivisions in the
country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for the entire category, with its
univocal name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g. “country name” or “Unspecified” as selected from thedrop-down menu].

139 | P a g e

Example: single subdivision (unspecified)

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions

Then, for each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in Other fluorinated compounds
worksheet, row by row, as follows:
1. Column |Principal compound produced|: enter the principal compound produced.
2. Column |Gas emitted|: select from the drop-down menu, the gas emitted.
3. Column |Pk|: enter the amount of principal fluorinated compound produced, in kg.

Emission factors input
Section 3.10.2.2 Chapter 2 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of EFs for
Fugitive emissions from production of other fluorinated compounds.
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, in worksheet Other fluorinated compounds row by row, as
follows:
1.

Column |EFk|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default EF, otherwise input a user-specificvalue, in kg of fugitive gas emitted/kg of principal gas produced.
Example: AD and EFs for fugitive emissions – Tier 1

140 | P a g e

Results
Fugitive emissions from production of other fluorinated compounds are estimated in mass units (kg and Gg) by the
Software in the worksheet Other Fluorinated Compounds.
Total emissions from production of other fluorinated compounds is the sum of emissions in the above worksheet,taking into account any capture or destruction. The worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction isprovided in the Software to estimate these reductions.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |SRC|: enter any identifying information for the source, if applicable.
2. Column |B|: collect and input information on any other long-term reduction of fluorinated GHGs
emitted, in tonnes.
Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

141 | P a g e

2.B.10 Hydrogen Production
Information
Section 3.11 Chapter 3, Volume 3 of the 2019 IPCC Guidelines provides three Tiers to estimate CO2 emissions from
Hydrogen Production. The Tier 1 methods use national or regional level AD on hydrogen production or feedstock
consumption together with default factors and data on recovered CO2 to derive emissions. The Tier 2 method
allows the use of the same AD, but with and country-specific factors along with data on recovered CO2. Tier 3
requires plant-specific AD and factors. Tier 1a is the default method based on national total of hydrogen production,
where Tier 1b assumes feedstock requirements for hydrogen production and Tier 1c is based on the amount offeedstock consumption. Tier 2b and Tier 2c requires information on feedstock requirements for hydrogenproduction, and hydrogen production, respectively and country specific carbon content factors. Tier 3b and Tier 3crequire plant-specific data.
The 2019 Refinement guidance provides estimation methods for CO2 only.
As for CH4 and N2O emissions, steam reforming and gasification produce very minor emissions of CH4 and N2O,
in addition to CO2 emissions. The available literature indicates that emissions of CH4 and N2O are very low, activity
data for the process combustion source are likely to be hard to obtain, and the literature evidence is insufficient toestablish an estimation method. Hence, no reporting of CH4 and N2O is required per the 2019 Refinement.1 For the
purposes of interoperability with the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool, the Software provides an option to estimate
and report these emissions through use of a generic worksheet.

GHGs
The Software includes the following GHG for the Hydrogen Production source category:
CO2
X

CH4
X

N2O
X

HFCs

PFCs

SF6

NF3

IPCC Equations
CO2✓ Tier 1: Equations 3.44 (New), 3.45 (New) and 3.46 (New).
✓ Tier 2: Equations 3.47 (New) and 3.48 (New).
✓ Tier 3: Equations 3.49 (New) and 3.50 (New).
CH4 and N2OGiven that there are no specific equations in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for this category, a generic worksheet is thus
provided to enable calculation of CH4 and N2O emissions from hydrogen production.
✓ Tier 1: no IPCC Tier 1 Equation provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
✓ Tier 2: IPCC basic equation with user-specific EF.
✓ Tier 3: no IPCC Tier 3 Equation provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
Software Worksheets
The Software calculates GHG emissions from Hydrogen Production using 7 worksheets:✓ 1.1.1 Fuel Manager: contains data on carbon content and calorific value of each fuel used in the NGHGI.
✓ CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b): contains for each subdivision, individual
type of process and feedstock, information on the amount of hydrogen produced and feedstock
requirement (with carbon content) and amount of CO2 recovered. The worksheet calculates the associatedCO2 emissions.
1

See page. 3.35 of Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2019 Refinement.

142 | P a g e✓ CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c): contains for each subdivision, individual typeof process (if known) and type of feedstock information on the amount of feedstock used (with carbon
content) and amount of CO2 recovered. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3b): contains for each subdivision, individual type ofprocess and feedstock, information on the amount of hydrogen produced and feedstock requirement (withplant-specific carbon content) and amount of CO2 recovered, and solid C stored. The worksheet calculates
the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3c): contains for each subdivision, individual type ofprocess and type of feedstock information on the amount of feedstock used (with plant-specific carbon
content) and amount of CO2 recovered and solid C stored. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2
emissions.
✓ CH4 and N2O Emissions from Hydrogen Production: a generic worksheet that contains for eachsubdivision and production process information on AD (type and amount) and EF for CH4 and N2O. The
worksheet calculates the associated CH4 and N2O emissions.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on CO2 capture (with subsequent storage)
and other reduction of CO2, N2O and CH4, not accounted previously in the worksheets for different Tiers.

User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 3.20 of the 2019 Refinement, GHG estimates
are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to the availabilityof AD and of country- or plant-specific1 EFs.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart for Hydrogen
Production.

1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

143 | P a g e

Hydrogen Production – flowchart
by Subdivision
CO2

CH4 and N2Oby Production Process and Feedstock
Tier 1a/1b/2b
equations
STEP A.1a/1b/2b
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 1a/1b/2b)
Input AD(a – total amount ofhydrogen production,b – amount of hydrogenproduced by feedstock
type)

STEP B.1a/1b/2b
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 1a/1b/2b)
Input parameters(1a/b – default and 2b –CS feedstock
requirement, carbon
content)

Tier 1c/2c equations

Tier 3b equation

Tier 3c equation

STEP A.1c/2c
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 1c/2c)
Input AD
(feedstock
consumption)

STEP A.3b
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 3b)
Input AD(plant-specifichydrogen production)

STEP A.3c
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 3c)
Input AD(plant-specificfeedstockconsumption)

STEP B.1c/2c
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 1c/2c)
Input parameters(1c - default and 2c – CS
carbon content)

STEP B.3b
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 3b)
Input parameters(plant-specificfeedstock requirement
and carbon content )STEP B.3c
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 3c)
Input parameters(plant-specific carbon
content )STEP C.1a/1b/2b
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 1a/1b/2b)
Input amount of CO2
recovered

STEP C.1c/2c
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 1c/2c)
Input amount of CO2
recovered

STEP C.3b
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 3b)
Input amount of CO2
recovered and solid C
storedSTEP C.3c
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 3c)
Input amount of CO2
recovered and solid C
storedSTEP D.1a/1b/2b
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 1a/1b/2b)
CO2 Emissions

STEP D.1c/2c
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 1c/2c)
CO2 Emissions

STEP D.3b
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 3b)
CO2 Emissions

STEP D.3c
CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production(Tier 3c)
CO2 Emissions

Check
Fuel Manager(for fuels usedand carbon
content)

STEP A
CH4 and N2O
Emissions from
Hydrogen
Production
Input ADSTEP B
CH4 and N2O
Emissions from
Hydrogen
Production
Input EF

STEP C
CH4 and N2O
Emissions from
Hydrogen
Production
CH4 and N2O
Emissions
Step E
Capture and storage orother reduction
Enter the amount of
CO2 captured andstored, and GHGs
reduced otherwise(as in Step C for CO2)

Thus, for the source-category:
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or plants).

144 | P a g e

Then, for each subdivision, if any:
When Tier 1 Equations are applied:
Step A.1a, A.1b and A.1c, in the worksheets CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b)
and/or CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c), users collect and input in the Software
information on the amount of hydrogen produced or the amount of feedstock.
Step B.1a, B.1b and B.1c, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b)
and/or CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c), users input in the Software default feedstock
requirement (Tier 1a/1b only) and default carbon content.
Step C.1a, C.1b and C.1c, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b)
and/or CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c), users input in the Software information on
CO2 recovered (if no information available it is good practice to assume 0 recovery).
Step D.1a, D.1b and D.1c, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b)
and/or CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c), for each subdivision, CO2 emissions arecalculated in mass units (tonnes and Gg). In addition, total CO2 emissions are calculated.
When Tier 2 Equations are applied:
Step A.2b and A.2c, in the worksheets CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b) and/or
CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c), users collect and input in the Software information on
the amount of hydrogen produced or the amount of feedstock.
Step B.2b and B.2c, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b) and/or
CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c), users input in the Software country-specific andprocess-specific feedstock requirement and country-specific carbon content.
Step C.2b and C.2c, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b) and/or
CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c), users input in the Software information on CO2
recovered.
Step D.2b and D.2c, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b) and/or
CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c), for each subdivision, type of production process andtype of feedstock, CO2 emissions are calculated in mass units (tonnes and Gg). In addition, total CO2 emissions arecalculated.
When the Tier 3 Equation is applied:
Step A.3b and A.3c, in the worksheets CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3b) and CO2
Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3), users collect and input in the Software plant-specific informationon the amount of hydrogen produced or the amount of feedstock consumed.
Step B.3b and B.3c, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3b) and/or CO2
Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3c), users input in the Software plant-specific and process-specificfeedstock requirement and plant-specific carbon content.
Step C.3b and C.3c, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3) and/or CO2
Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3c), users input in the Software information on CO2 recovered andthe amount of solid carbon stored.
Step D.3b and D.3c, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3b) and/or CO2
Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3c), for each subdivision, type of production process and type of
feedstock, CO2 emissions are calculated in mass units (tonnes and Gg). In addition, total CO2 emissions arecalculated.

145 | P a g e

Then as appropriate:i) if emissions of CH4 and N2O are estimated
Step A, in the worksheet CH4 and N2O Emissions from Hydrogen Production, users collect and input in the
Software information on AD relevant for CH4 and N2O emissions.
Step B, in the worksheet CH4 and N2O Emissions from Hydrogen Production, users collect and input in the
Software information on EFs relevant for CH4 and N2O emissions.
Step C, in the worksheet CH4 and N2O Emissions from Hydrogen Production, for each subdivision, CH4 andN2O emissions are calculated in Gg.

ii) if there is capture additional to that in Step C for CO2
Step E, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, if applicable for higher-tiered methods, users
collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and other reduction of
CO2 (e.g., re-conversion to carbonates) and reduction of CH4 and N2O.
Activity data input
Section 3.11.2.3 Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2019 Refinement contains information on the choice of AD for hydrogenproduction.
As a Starting step, users ensure that the 1.1.1 Fuel Manager contains all fuels to be reported for hydrogenproduction (if the Tier 1c, Tier 2.c, or Tier 3 methods are applied); and for each fuel listed in the Fuel Manager, thecalorific value and the carbon content are entered or, for IPCC default fuels, are selected from the drop-down menu.
Second, input of AD for the Hydrogen Production source category requires the user to enter information on thesubdivisions in the country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for the entire
category, with its univocal name/code entered in Column |S| [e.g. “country name” or “Unspecified” as selectedfrom the drop-down menu].
Example: single subdivision (unspecified)

146 | P a g e

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |S| for each subdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions

When the Tier 1 and Tier 2 Equations are applied:
Following a Tier1 or Tier 2 approach, the following AD are entered, depending on the method chosen:✓ Tier 1a: requires total national production of hydrogen.
✓ Tier 1b/2b: requires total national production, by type of feedstock.
✓ Tier 1c/2c: requires total national feedstock consumption for hydrogen production, by type of feedstock.
For the Tier 1a, Tier 1b and Tier 2b methods: for each subdivision in Column |S|, data are entered in worksheet
CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b), row by row, as follows:
1. Column |Production process|: select the type of production process, or, if unknown, select Unspecified(one row for each type of production process). A country-specific production process may also be entered.
The Tier 1a method assumes a default production process and that the feedstock type is unspecified.
2. Column |Type of feedstock|: if a particular production process is selected, the type of feedstock will appear
automatically (depending on the process). The user may overwrite the type of feedstock. If the user applies
a Tier 1a method and assumes a default production process, the feedstock type is automatically listed as
unspecified.
3. Column |Biogenic|: indicate with a check if the process feedstock is of biogenic origin.
4. Column |HP|: input the amount of hydrogen produced, in tonnes.
Example: AD input for Tier 1a/1b /2b Hydrogen Production

147 | P a g e

For the Tier 1c and Tier 2c methods: for each subdivision in Column |S|, data are entered in worksheet CO2
Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c), row by row, as follows:
1. Column |Type of feedstock|: select the relevant fuel used as feedstock (one row for each feedstock) fromthe drop-down menu.
Note that fuels shown in the drop-down menu are those listed in the Fuel Manager.

2. Column |Biogenic|: indicate with a check if the process feedstock is of biogenic origin.
3. Column |FC|: input the amount of feedstock consumed, in GJ.
Example: AD input for Tier 1c/2c Hydrogen Production (AD – Feedstock Consumption)

When the Tier 3 Equations are applied:
The Tier 3b and Tier 3c methods require the same type of AD as described above on hydrogen production (Tier3b) or feedstock consumption (Tier 3c), but the AD must be plant-specific. Tier 3b data are entered in worksheet
CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3b), while for Tier 3c data are entered in worksheet CO2
Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3c).

Emission factor input
Section 3.11.2.2 Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2019 Refinement contains information on the choice of EFs for Hydrogen
Production.
There are two types of EFs: i) feedstock requirement and ii) carbon content of feedstock. Default parameters forTier 1 and Tier 2 are provided in Table 3.30 (New) Chapter 3 Volume 3 of the 2019 Refinement.
The Tier 1 assumes default parameters and no capture of CO2. For Tier 2, users need to collect country-specificparameters and for Tier 3 – plant-specific feedstock requirement and carbon content by process and feedstock types.
When the Tier 1 and Tier 2 Equations are applied:
For the Tier 1a, Tier 1b and Tier 2b methods: for each combination of subdivision/production process/type of
feedstock, data are entered in worksheet CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b), row byrow, as follows.
1. Column |FRF|: input feedstock requirement in GJ per tonne of hydrogen produced.
2. Column |CC|: input carbon content of feedstock in tonnes of C per GJ of feedstock.
In Tier 1 and Tier 2 the values below are automatically populated based on the selection made in Column|Production Process|. The user may overwrite these values. The default values are provided in a drop-down table.
See the example below.

148 | P a g e

Example: Tier 1a/b and Tier 2b parameters for Hydrogen Production (AD – Hydrogen Production)

For the Tier 1c/2c methods: for each combination of subdivision/production process/type of feedstock, data areentered in worksheet CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c), row by row, as follows.
1. Column |CC|: input carbon content of feedstock in tonnes of C per GJ of feedstock. This value is
automatically populated based on the selection made in Column |Type of Feedstock| (Tier 1c) and may
be overwritten by the user (Tier 2c).
When the Tier 3 Equations are applied:
For the Tier 3b method: for each combination of subdivision/production process/type of feedstock, data areentered in worksheet CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3b), row by row, as follows.
1. Column |FRF|: input plant-specific feedstock requirement in GJ per tonne of hydrogen produced.
2. Column |CC|: input carbon content of feedstock in tonnes of C per GJ of feedstock. The value may be
selected from the drop-down, or the user may overwrite the value.
Note that the Tier 3 method requires plant-specific information on carbon content, so if the value available from the Fuel Manager is not specific for thisplant, the user must overwrite the value.

For the Tier 3c method: for each combination of subdivision/production process/type of feedstock, data areentered in worksheet CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3c), row by row, as follows.
1. Column |CC|: input carbon content of feedstock in tonnes of C per GJ of feedstock. This value is
automatically populated based on the selection made in Column |Type of Feedstock|.
Note that the Tier 3 method requires plant-specific information on carbon content, so if the value available from the Fuel Manager is not specific for thisplant, the user must overwrite the value.

149 | P a g e

Example: Tier 3c EF parameters for Hydrogen Production

CH4 and N2O Emissions from Hydrogen Production
A generic worksheet contains for each subdivision and production process information on AD (type and amount)and EF for CH4 and N2O. The worksheet calculates the associated CH4 and N2O emissions.
Activity data input
Input of AD for CH4 and N2O Emissions from Hydrogen Production requires the user first to enter informationon the subdivisions in the country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for theentire category, with its univocal name/code entered in Column |S| [e.g. “country name” or “unspecified” as selectedfrom the drop-down menu], or with subnational aggregations, and for each of those the univocal name/code enteredin Column |S|.
For each subdivision in Column |S|, data are entered in worksheet CH4 and N2O Emissions from Hydrogen
Production, row by row, as follows:
1. Column |Production Process|: describe the type of production process emitting GHG emissions from thiscategory (e.g. consider those identified for estimating CO2 emissions).
2. Column |AT|: enter the activity type corresponding to the production process identified.
3. Column |AD|: enter AD (quantity), in tonnes.
Emission factor input
For each row of data entered in worksheet CH4 and N2O Emissions from Hydrogen Production, data areentered as follows:
1. Column |EF|: enter CH4 or N2O EF;
Note that user shall select “Methane (CH4)”or “Nitrous Oxide (N2O)” in the “Gas” bar at the top, to enter data for each GHG one by one.

Example: CH4 emissions from Hydrogen Production

150 | P a g e

Results
The Tier 1/2 and Tier 3 worksheets all include the possibility to account for CO2 recovered, and for the Tier 3
methods only, stored solid carbon (i.e. solid carbon or coke formed unintentionally during the production process
and disposed of as waste (i.e., not combusted at the production facility)).
To estimate the total CO2 emitted into the atmosphere, the amount of CO2 released from that subdivision that has
been instead recovered is to be entered in Gg CO2 in Column |Z| of the following worksheets:✓✓✓✓

CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b)
CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c)
CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3b)
CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3c)

In addition, the amount of solid carbon or coke formed unintentionally during the production process and disposedof as waste is to be entered in tonnes in Column |Sc| of the following worksheets:✓ CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3b)✓ CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3c)
Example: Carbon recovered and solid carbon stored for Tier 3 for Hydrogen Production

Then, CO2 emissions from Hydrogen Production are estimated in mass units (tonnes and Gg) by the Software foreach row, and the total for all rows, in the following worksheets:✓ For Tier 1: CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b) and CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c)✓ For Tier 2: CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 1a/1b/2b) and CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production (Tier 1c/2c)✓ For Tier 3: CO2 Emissions from Hydrogen Production (Tier 3b) and CO2 Emissions from
Hydrogen Production (Tier 3c).
CH4 and N2O Emissions from Hydrogen Production are estimated in Gg by the Software in the following worksheet
CH4 and N2O Emissions from Hydrogen Production.
Total emissions from hydrogen production is the sum of all emissions in the above worksheets, taking into accountany CO2 capture with subsequent storage and any other reduction of CO2, CH4 and N2O.
Please note that CO2 recovery and the amount of Carbon stored may be already accounted in the worksheets fordifferent Tiers, so only the additional amount of captured or reduced CO2 shall be entered into the worksheet
Capture and storage or other reduction.

151 | P a g e

In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |A| users collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage),in tonnes.
2. Column |B|: users collect and input information on other long-term reduction of CO2 (e.g., re-conversion
to carbonates), in tonnes. Column |B| may include short-term CO2 capture only in cases where thesubsequent CO2 emissions from use are included elsewhere in the GHG inventory.
Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

152 | P a g e

2.B.11 Other
Information
This section describes calculation of other sources of emissions in the chemical industry not included in source
categories 2.B.1-2.B.10.
GHGs
Other emissions from the chemical industry include the following GHGs:
CO2
X

CH4
X

N2O
X

HFCs
X

PFCs
X

SF6
X

NF3
X

IPCC Equations
Given that there are no specific equations in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for this category, a generic worksheet is thus
provided to enable calculation of other sources of emissions from the chemical industry.
✓ Tier 1: no IPCC Tier 1 Equation provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
✓ Tier 2: IPCC basic equation with user-specific EF.
✓ Tier 3: no IPCC Tier 3 Equation provided in the 2006 IPCC Guidelines.
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specific Tier
3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement IPCC Tier 1 equations.
Software Worksheets
The Software calculates emissions from Other (Chemical industry) using worksheets:✓ Other: contains source, AD (type, amount and unit), and EF for each GHG, and calculates associatedemissions.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction: Capture and storage or other reduction: contains information on
CO2 capture (with subsequent storage) and other reduction of GHGs, not accounted previously in theworksheets for different Tiers.
User’s work Flowchart
GHG estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to
the availability of AD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart for Other(Chemical industry).

1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

153 | P a g e

Other (Chemical Industry) – flowchart

by GasCheck F-gas
Managerfor species

by Subdivision

by Source
IPCC Basic Equation (Tier 2)

STEP A
Other emissions from Chemical Industry
Input ADSTEP B
Other emissions from Chemical Industry
Input EF
STEP C
Other emissions from Chemical Industry
GHG Emissions

Step D
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of CO2 captured (andstored) and other reduction of GHGs
Thus, for the source-category:If applicable, users ensure that all F-gases emitted for this source category have been checked off first in the country
level F-gases Manager, and then in the IPCC category level F-gases Manager.
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
Step A, in Other worksheet, users collect and enter data on the source of emissions and activity data.
Step B, in Other worksheet, users collect and enter in each row the associated EF.
Step C, in Other worksheet, for each row of data, the Software calculates the emissions in mass units (Gg). In
addition, total emissions are calculated.
Step D, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, if applicable for higher-tiered methods, users
collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and/or other reduction of
GHG.

154 | P a g e

Activity data input
As a Starting step, if the source to be entered results in emission of F-gases, users must ensure that the 1.1.2 Fgases Manager has been populated for all F-gases (or, if applicable, blends) to be reported.
Note that if no F-gases are checked in the F-gases Manager, it will not be possible to select an F-gas from the Gas drop-down menu. If F-gas selection is not possible,
select the F-Gases Manager from any tab. This will open the F-gases Manager – applicability at IPCC Category Level. Navigate to the bottom of the pop-up
box and select Chemicals at country level. This will take the user back to the country level- F-gases Manager to check all F-gases consumed (including imported) andproduced and exported. Save and close the dialogue box for the country level F-gases Manager and the user returns to the IPCC Category level F-gases Manager. In
the IPCC Category level F-gases Manager, the user selects which of the relevant F-gases are applicable for this category.
For users intending to use data entered in the Software for reporting in the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool: If AD and/or emissions for a particular F-gas in thiscategory is considered confidential, the user may check the box UNFCCC CRT Confidentiality for that gas. If checked, “C” will be reported for AD and emissions
in the JSON file generated for the CRT; and all emissions will be reported in category 2.H in Table2(II).B-Hs2 of the CRT. All confidential gases will be reported
together as unspecified mix of HFCs and PFCs, SF6 or NF3, as appropriate.

Example: Populating the F-gases manager and designating confidentiality for category:
Other (Chemical Industry)

Second, input of AD for the Other source category requires the user first to enter information on the subdivisions
in the country. Users compile the calculation worksheets either with a single row of data for the entire category,with its univocal name/code entered in Column |S| [e.g. “country name” or “unspecified” as selected from the dropdown menu], or with subnational aggregations, and for each of those the univocal name/code entered in Column|S|.
For each subdivision in Column |S|, data are entered in worksheet Other, row by row, as follows:
4. Column |SRC|: describe the type of activity emitting GHG emissions from this category. The user may
select from the drop-down (which includes pre-defined categories that are included in the UNFCCC ETF
Reporting Tool (see Annex I), or enter user-specific categories.
Note that once a category and amount of AD are entered for a particular gas, the category name automatically appears for each gas. If the category is not
relevant for another gas, the user should leave the EF column blank. Do not change the AD again, as this will result in the updating of AD for all
worksheets in this tab.

5. Column |AT|: enter the activity type corresponding to the source selected.
6. Column |AD|: enter AD (quantity).
7. Column |U|: enter Unit of the AD.

155 | P a g e

8. Column |Biogenic|(CO2 only): indicate with a check, and if applicable, if the process feedstock is of biogenic
origin.
Emission factor input
For each row of data entered in worksheet Other, data are entered as follows:
1. Column |EF|: enter EF for each GHG;
Note that user shall select the relevant gas in the “Gas” bar at the top, to enter data for each GHG one by one. As noted above, if the category is not relevant
for a particular gas, the user should leave the EF column blank.

Example: single subdivision

Results
Total GHG emissions from Other is the sum of all subdivisions in the above worksheet, taking into account any
CO2 capture with subsequent storage or other GHG reduction. The worksheet Capture and storage or otherreduction is provided in the Software to estimate CO2 capture and storage and other GHG reduction.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |A|: users collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage),in tonnes.
2. Column |B|: users collect and input information on any other reduction of GHGs, in tonnes. Column |B|
may include short-term CO2 capture or reduction of other GHGs only in cases where the subsequent CO2
emissions from use are included elsewhere in the GHG inventory.
Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

156 | P a g e

2.C Metal Industry
2.C.1 Iron and Steel Production
Information
The 2006 IPCC Guidelines provide guidance for estimation of CO2 and CH4 emissions from Iron and Steel
Production and from Coke Production (emissions from Coke Production should be reported in the Energy sector).
Estimation methodologies from the 2019 Refinement have also been incorporated in the Software to estimate CO2
emissions for Coke production.
There are three Tiers for both Iron and Steel Production and for Coke Production: Tier 1 – EF method, Tier 2 –mass-balance method based on national / country-specific data and Tier 3 – mass-balance method based on plantspecific data (if plant-specific CO2 emissions data are not available, CO2 emissions can be calculated from plantspecific AD applying the Tier 2 method). The Tier 2/3 (mass-balance) method is used only for estimation of CO2
emissions. In addition, a simplified carbon balance method (Tier 1b) from the 2019 Refinement is available for Coke
Production.
GHGs
The Software includes the following GHGs for the Iron and Steel Production source category:
CO2
X

CH4
X

N2O
--

HFCs
--

PFCs
--

SF6
--

NF3
--

According to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, N2O may be emitted from iron and steel production. However, theseemissions are likely to be small and no methodologies are provided for N2O emissions. Users can calculate estimatesof N2O for this category, provided they develop country-specific methods based on researched data. Theseemissions can be reported in the IPCC inventory worksheet for category 2.C.8.
Example: Estimating N2O emissions from iron and steel production

IPCC Equations
Coke Production Emissions estimated here and reported in the Energy sector. References are from the 2006 IPCC
Guidelines and the 2019 Refinement:✓ Tier 1 (CO2, CH4): Equation 4.1 or, for CO2 only, 4.1B (New).
✓ Tier 2 (CO2): Equation 4.2 (Updated).
✓ Tier 3 (CO2, CH4): Either measure emissions or, for CO2 only, apply the Tier 2 equations, using plantspecific carbon contents of all materials used and produced.
Iron and Steel Production (2006 IPCC Guidelines):✓ Tier 1 (CO2): Equations 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 and 4.8.
157 | P a g e✓ Tier 1 (CH4): Equations 4.12, 4.13 and 4.14.
✓ Tier 2 (CO2): Equations 4.9, 4.10 and 4.11.
✓ Tier 3 (CO2): Either measure emissions or apply the Tier 2 equations, using plant-specific AD.
As explained in section 1.1.3 Use of multiple Tiers for reporting, GHG estimates prepared with user-specific Tier
3 methods can be reported in the Software worksheets that implement the IPCC Tier 1 equation.
Software Worksheets
The Software calculates emissions of CO2 and CH4 from Coke Production (to be reported in Energy Sector) using
the following worksheets:✓ 1.1.1 Fuel Manager: contains data on carbon content and calorific value of each fuel used in the NGHGI.
✓ CO2 and CH4 emissions from Coke Production: contains for each subdivision information on the cokeproduction process, the amount of coke produced and CO2 and CH4 EFs. The worksheet calculates theassociated CO2 and CH4 emissions for Tier 1.
✓ CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (mass balance): contains for each subdivision themass balance of the carbon in the input and output materials (amount of the materials and their carbon
content). The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions for Tier 1 or Tier 2.
The Software calculates emissions of CO2 and CH4 from Iron and Steel Production using the following worksheets:✓ 1.1.1 Fuel Manager: contains data on carbon content and calorific value of each fuel used in the NGHGI.
✓ CO2 and CH4 emissions from Iron and Steel Production: contains for each subdivision information on
the amount of iron, steel, pellet, sinter, and/or direct reduced iron (DRI) produced and CO2 and CH4 EFs.
The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 and CH4 emissions for Tier 1.
✓ CO2 emissions from Iron and Steel Production – Tier 2/3: contains for each subdivision the massbalance of the carbon in the input and output materials (amount of the materials and their carbon content).
The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ CO2 emissions from Sinter Production – Tier 2/3: contains for each subdivision the mass balance ofthe carbon in the input and output materials (amount of the materials and their carbon content). The
worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ CO2 emissions from Pellet Production – Tier 2/3: contains for each subdivision information on fuelconsumption and fuel carbon content. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2 emissions.
✓ CO2 emissions from Direct Reduced Iron Production – Tier 2/3: contains for each subdivision
information on fuel consumption and fuel carbon content. The worksheet calculates the associated CO2
emissions.
✓ Capture and storage or other reduction contains information on CO2 capture (with subsequent storage)
and other reduction of CO2 and CH4, not accounted previously in the worksheets for different Tiers.
User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 4.6 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines or Figure
4.6 (Updated) of the 2019 Refinement, GHG estimates are calculated for Coke Production using a single
methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to the availability of AD and of user-specific1
EFs or direct measurements.
Similarly, consistent with the key category analysis and the decision trees in Figure 4.7 for CO2 and Figure 4.8 forCH4 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, GHG estimates are calculated for Iron and Steel Production.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, users follow the following two flowcharts to estimate
GHG emissions for Coke Production and Iron and Steel Production.

1

Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD
and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

158 | P a g e

Coke Production
Coke Production - FlowchartThus, for the source-category:
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
When Tier 1 Equation is applied:
Step A.1a, in the worksheet CO2 and CH4 emissions from Coke Production, users collect and input in the
Software information on the amount coke produced.
Step B.1a, in the worksheet CO2 and CH4 emissions from Coke Production users input CO2 and CH4 EFs.
Step C.1a in the worksheet CO2 and CH4 emissions from Coke Production, the Software calculates the associatedemissions for each subdivision in mass units (tonne for CO2 and kg for CH4, and Gg). In addition, the total emissionsof all subdivisions are shown.
When Tier 1b Equation is applied:

159 | P a g e

Step A.1b, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (mass balance), users collectand input in the Software information on the quantity of coking coal consumed and coke produced.
Step B.1b in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (mass balance), users collectand input in the Software information on the carbon content of coking coal consumed and coke produced.
Step C.1b in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (mass balance), the Software
calculates the associated emissions for each subdivision in mass units (tonne for CO2 and Gg). In addition, the total
emissions of all subdivisions are shown.
When the Tier 2 Equation is applied:
Step A.2/3, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (mass balance), users collectand input in the Software information on the amount of each input and output. National statistics are appropriate for
the Tier 2 method; for Tier 3 plant-level data are required.
Step B.2/3, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (mass balance), users input
carbon content of each input and output material. National statistics are appropriate for the Tier 2 method; for Tier
3 plant-level carbon content information is required.
Step C.2/3, in the worksheet CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (mass balance), the Software
calculates the associated emissions for each subdivision in mass units (tonne for CO2 and Gg). In addition, the total
emissions of all subdivisions are shown.
Then, for each tier, as appropriate:
Step D, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, if applicable for higher-tiered methods, users
collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) and other reduction of
GHG.

160 | P a g e

Iron and Steel Production
Iron and Steel Production -Flowchart
by Gas (CO 2 and CH4)

Mass-balance for CO2
by Subdivision

By Type of Steel
Making Method

Iron and Steel

SinterPellets

DRI

Tier 1 equations

Tier 2 Equation

Tier 2 Equation

Tier 2 Equation

Tier 2 Equation

STEP A.1
CO 2 and CH4 emissions
from Iron and Steel
Production
Input AD (amount ofiron, steel, sinter, pellets,
DRI produced)

STEP A.2/3
CO 2 emissions from Iron
and Steel Production –Tier 2/3
Input AD (input andoutput materials)

STEP A.2/3:
CO 2 emissions from
Sinter Production –Tier 2/3
Input AD (input andoutput materials)

STEP A.2/3:
CO 2 emissions from
Pellet Production –Tier 2/3
Input AD (amountof fuels consumed)

STEP A.2/3:
CO 2 emissions from
Direct Reduced Iron
Production – Tier 2/3
Input AD (amount offuels consumed)

STEP B.2/3
CO 2 emissions from Iron
and Steel Production –Tier 2/3
Input CC for input andoutput materials

STEP B.2/3:
CO 2 emissions from
Sinter Production –Tier 2/3
Input CC for input
and output materials

STEP B.2/3:
CO 2 emissions from
Pellet Production –Tier 2/3
Input CC of fuelsconsumed

STEP B.2/3:
CO 2 emissions from
Direct Reduced Iron
Production – Tier 2/3
Input CC of fuelsconsumed

STEP C.2/3
CO 2 emissions from Iron
and Steel Production –Tier 2/3
Results – CO 2
Emissions

STEP C.2/3:
CO 2 emissions from
Sinter Production –Tier 2/3
Results – CO 2
Emissions

STEP C.2/3:
CO 2 emissions from
Pellet Production –Tier 2/3
Results – CO 2
Emissions

STEP C.2/3:
CO 2 emissions from
Direct Reduced Iron
Production – Tier 2/3
Results – CO 2
Emissions

STEP B.1
CO 2 and CH4 emissions
from Iron and Steel
Production
Input EF for
CO 2 and CH4

STEP C.1
CO 2 and CH4 emissions
from Iron and Steel
Production
Results – CO 2 and CH4Emissions

Check FuelManager(for fuels usedand carbon
content)

Step D
Capture and storage or other reduction
Enter the amount of CO2 and CH4 - Captured (and stored) or reduced otherwise

Thus, for the source-category:
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision, if any:
When Tier 1 Equations are applied
Step A.1, in the worksheet CO2 and CH4 emissions from Iron and Steel Production, users collect and input in
the Software information on the amount of iron, sinter, pellet and DRI produced and for each steel making method– the amount of steel produced.
Step B.1, in the worksheet CO2 and CH4 emissions from Iron and Steel Production, for each subdivision andsteel making method/product users input respective CO2 and CH4 EFs.
Step C.1, in the worksheet CO2 and CH4 emissions from Iron and Steel Production, the Software calculates theassociated emissions for each subdivision in mass units (tonne for CO2 and kg for CH4, and Gg). In addition, thetotal emissions of all subdivisions are shown.
When Tier 2 Equations are applied
Step A.2/3, in the worksheets CO2 emissions from Iron and Steel Production – Tier 2/3 and CO2 emissions
from Sinter Production – Tier 2/3, users collect and input in the Software information on the amount of each161 | P a g e

input and output material used and in the worksheets CO2 emissions from Pellet Production – Tier 2/3 andCO2 emissions from Direct Reduced Iron Production – Tier 2/3, users collect and input in the Software
information on the amount of fuel consumption. National statistics are appropriate for the Tier 2 method; for Tier
3 plant-level data are required.
Step B.2/3, in the worksheets CO2 emissions from Iron and Steel Production – Tier 2/3 and CO2 emissions
from Sinter Production – Tier 2/3, users input carbon content of each input and output material and in theworksheets CO2 emissions from Pellet Production – Tier 2/3 and CO2 emissions from Direct Reduced Iron
Production – Tier 2/3, users input fuel carbon content. National statistics are appropriate for the Tier 2 method;
for Tier 3 plant-level carbon content information is required.
Step C.2/3, in the worksheets CO2 emissions from Iron and Steel Production – Tier 2/3, CO2 emissions
from Sinter Production – Tier 2/3, CO2 emissions from Pellet Production – Tier 2/3, and CO2 emissions
from Direct Reduced Iron Production – Tier 2/3, the Software calculates the associated emissions for eachsubdivision in mass units (tonne for CO2 and Gg). In addition, the total emissions of all subdivisions are shown ineach worksheet.
Then, for each tier, as appropriate:
Step D, in the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction, users collect and input in the Software
information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage) or other reduction of CO2 and reduction of
CH4.
Activity data input
Section 4.2.2.4 in Chapter 4 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD for
Coke Production and Iron and Steel Production. The collection of the AD for this source category is challenging,particularly the overlap between emissions to be reported in the Energy Sector and the IPPU sector. As such, theuser may also wish to consult the introduction to section 4.2, Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, as well as
Box 1.1 in Chapter 1, Volume 3.
As a Starting step, users ensure that the 1.1.1 Fuel Manager contains all fuels to be reported for coke production
and iron and steel production (Tier 1b (coke production only), Tier 2 and Tier 3); and for each fuel listed in the FuelManager, the calorific value and the carbon content are entered or, for IPCC default fuels, are selected from the dropdown
menu.
Second, input of AD for the Iron and Steel Production source category requires the user first to enter informationon the subdivisions in the country for both Coke Production and Iron and Steel Production. Users compile thecalculation worksheets either with a single row of data for the entire category (in the case of Iron and Steel
Production, for each steelmaking method), with its univocal name/code entered in Column |Subdivision| [e.g.
“country name” or “Unspecified” as selected from the dropdown menu].
When identifying subdivisions for worksheet CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (massbalance), the user must ensure consistency between the naming of subdivisions in this worksheet, and worksheet
Emissions from Coke Oven Gas flaring in category 1.B.1.c.ii Coke Production. This is because an automatic
subtraction takes place for CO2 emissions from coke oven gas flaring, in cases where a Tier 2/3 method is applied.
For this subtraction to take place, the subdivision names must be the same.
Example: single subdivision (unspecified) -iron and steel production

162 | P a g e

Where subnational aggregations are input, provide the univocal name/code into Column |Subdivision| for eachsubdivision.
Example: multiple subdivisions – coke production

Then, for Coke Production
When the Tier 1 Equations are applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet CO2 and CH4 emissions from Coke
Production and/or CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (mass balance), row by row, as
follows (to be reported in the Energy Sector):
In worksheet CO2 and CH4 emissions from Coke Production
1. Column |Coke production process|: input from the drop-down menu the default process <Coke oven>,
select additional processes included in the 2019 Refinement, or input manually country-specific process.
2. Column |P|: input the amount/mass of coke produced, in tonnes.
Example: coke production- Tier 1: AD input for CO2 – multiple subdivision

163 | P a g e

In worksheet CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (mass balance)
1. Column |CC|: input the amount/mass of coking coal consumed for coke production, in tonnes.
2. Column |CO|: input the amount/mass of coke produced, in tonnes.
Note that the Tier 1b method requires information only on the quantity of coking coal consumed and coke produced.
There is an opportunity for users to include information on additional inputs and outputs in this worksheet; theadditional inputs are required under a Tier 2 method.
When the Tier 2 Equation is applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet CO2 Emissions from metallurgicalcoke production (mass balance), row by row, as follows, recalling that national statistics are appropriate for a
Tier 2 method, while plant-specific data are required for Tier 3.
The mass balance method requires information on input and output materials
Input materials
1. Column |CC|: input the amount/mass of coking coal consumed for coke production, in tonnes.
2. Column |PM|: input the amount of process materials used for coke production, in tonnes. This
information is entered in the sub-table associated with Column |PM|.
3. Column |Bg|: input the amount/mass blast furnace gas consumed in coke ovens
4. Column |U|: enter the unit of the blast furnace gas entered (e.g. Gg, TJ, m3, tonne). The user may enter auser-specific unit (e.g. BTUs).
5. Column |CFbg|: enter the conversion factor to convert the consumption unit to GJ.
Note that, where GJ, TJ or tonnes of fuel are selected in Column |U|, CFbg is sourced from the Fuel Manager and compiled by the Software as aconversion factor. Where other units are applied (e.g. m3 or a user defined unit) the user shall enter the relevant conversion unit here.

164 | P a g e

Example: Coke production – AD for Tier 2/3

Output materials
6. Column |CO|: input the amount/mass of coke produced, in tonnes.
7. Column |COG|: input the amount/mass of coke oven gas transferred offsite.
8. Column |U|: enter the unit of the coke oven gas entered (e.g. Gg, TJ, m3, tonne). The user may enter auser-specific unit (e.g. BTUs).
9. Column |CFcog|: enter conversion factor to convert the consumption unit to GJ.
Note that, where GJ, TJ or tonnes of fuel are selected in Column |U|, CFcog is sourced from the Fuel Manager and compiled by the Software as aconversion factor. Where other units are applied (e.g. m3 or a user defined unit) the user shall enter the relevant conversion unit here.

10. Column |BPC|: input the amount of coke oven by-product transferred offsite, in tonnes. This informationis entered in Column |COB| of the sub-table associated with Column |BPC|, in the same manner as isshown for Column |PM| above.

Then, for Iron and Steel Production
When the Tier 1 Equations are applied:
For each subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered in worksheet CO2 and CH4 emissions from Iron
and Steel Production, row by row:
1. Column |Type of Steel Making Method, etc/|: input from the drop-down menu the type of steelmaking
method, if known (e.g. basic oxygen furnace (BOF), pellet, sinter, iron and DRI Production. If unknown,
select the Global Average Factor or input manually country-specific method.
2. Column |P|: input the amount/mass of individual type of product produced (steel – BOF, electric arc
furnace (EAF), open hearth furnace (OHF) or total production, as well as iron, pellet, sinter and DRI) in
tonnes.
When the Tier 2 Equations are applied:
AD required to implement the Tier 2/Tier 3 methods differ for the different processes. For each process, and foreach subdivision in Column |Subdivision|, data are entered row by row, recalling that national statistics areappropriate for a Tier 2 method, while plant-specific data are required for Tier 3.
165 | P a g e

i.

CO2 emissions from Iron and Steel Production – Tier 2/3 worksheet:

The mass balance method requires information on input and output materials, as applicable. Data are entered row
by row, as follows:
Input materials
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

9.
10.
11.

Column |PC|: input the quantity of coke or biochar consumed in iron and steel production in tonnes.
Column |Biochar instead of coke|: check if biochar is used instead of coke for iron and steel production.
By default this column is unchecked.
Column |BPC|: input the quantity of onsite coke oven by-products consumed in the blast furnace, in
tonnes. This information is entered the sub-table associated with Column |BPC| (see image below).
Column |CI|: input the quantity of coal directly injected into the blast furnace, in tonnes.
Column |L|: input the quantity of limestone consumed in iron and steel production, in tonnes.
Column |D|: input the quantity of dolomite consumed in iron and steel production, in tonnes.
Column |CE|: input the quantity of carbon electrodes consumed in EAFs, in tonnes.
Column |PM|: input the quantity of other carbonaceous and process materials consumed in iron andsteel production, such as sinter or waste plastic, in tonnes. This information is entered the sub-tableassociated with Column |PM|(see image below).
Column |COG|: input the quantity of coke oven gas consumed in the blast furnace.
Column |U|: enter the unit of the coke oven gas entered (e.g. Gg, TJ, m3, tonne). The user may enter auser-specific unit (e.g. BTUs).
Column |CFcog|: enter the conversion factor to convert the consumption unit to GJ.
Note that, where GJ, TJ or tonnes of fuel are selected in Column |U|, CFcog is sourced from the Fuel Manager and compiled by the Software asa conversion factor. Where other units are applied (e.g. m3 or a user defined unit) the user shall enter the relevant conversion unit here.

Output Materials
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Column |S|: quantity of steel produced, in tonnes.
Column |IP|: quantity of iron production not converted to steel, in tonnes.
Column |BG|: quantity of blast furnace gas transferred offsite.
Column |U|: enter the unit of the blast furnace gas entered (e.g. Gg, TJ, m3, tonne). The user may entera user-specific unit (e.g. BTUs).
Column |CFbg|: enter the conversion factor to convert the consumption unit to GJ.
Note that, where GJ, TJ or tonnes of fuel are selected in Column |U|, CFbg is sourced from the Fuel Manager and compiled by the Software as aconversion factor. Where other units are applied (e.g. m3 or a user defined unit) the user shall enter the relevant conversion unit here.

166 | P a g e

Example: Iron and Steel Production – AD for input materials for Tier 2/3

Example: Iron and steel production – AD for output materials for Tier 2/3ii.

CO2 emissions from Sinter Production – Tier 2/3 worksheet:

For Sinter production, the Tier 2/3 method is similar to Iron and Steel production, and the illustrations are broadly
applicable to sinter production, although with input and output materials unique to sinter production. Data areentered row by row, as follows and as applicable.
Input Materials
1.
2.
3.

Column |CBR|: input the quantity of coke breeze/biochar purchased and produced onsite for sinterproduction, in tonnes.
Column |Biochar instead of coke breeze|: check if biochar is used instead of coke breeze for sinterproduction. By default this column is unchecked.
Column |COG|: input the quantity of coke oven gas consumed in the blast furnace for sinterproduction.
167 | P a g e4.
5.

Column |U|: enter the unit of the coke oven gas entered (e.g. Gg, TJ, m3, tonne). The user may enter auser-specific unit (e.g. BTUs).
Column |CFcog|: enter the conversion factor to convert the consumption unit to GJ.
Note that, where GJ, TJ or tonnes of fuel are selected in Column |U|, CFcog is sourced from the Fuel Manager and compiled by the Software asa conversion factor. Where other units are applied (e.g. m3 or a user defined unit) the user shall enter the relevant conversion unit here.

6.
7.
8.

Column |BG|: quantity of blast furnace gas consumed in sinter production.
Column |U|: enter the unit of the blast furnace gas entered (e.g. Gg, TJ, m3, tonne). The user may entera user-specific unit (e.g. BTUs).
Column |CFbg|: enter the conversion factor to convert the consumption unit to GJ.
Note that, where GJ, TJ or tonnes of fuel are selected in Column |U|, CFbg is sourced from the Fuel Manager and compiled by the Software as aconversion factor. Where other units are applied (e.g. m3 or a user defined unit) the user shall enter the relevant conversion unit here.

9.

Column |OPM|: input the quantity of other process materials, such as natural gas and fuel oil,consumed, in tonnes. This information is entered the sub-table associated with Column |OPM|

Output Materials
10.
11.
12.

Column |SOG|: input the quantity of sinter off gas transferred offsite either to iron and steel
production facilities or other facilities.
Column |U|: enter the unit of the sinter off gas entered (e.g. Gg, TJ, m3, tonne). The user may enter auser-specific unit (e.g. BTUs).
Column |CFsog|: enter the conversion factor to convert the consumption unit to GJ.
Note that, where GJ or TJ of fuel is selected in Column |U|, CFsog is sourced from the Fuel Manager and compiled by the Software as a conversion
factor. Where other units are applied (e.g. m3, tonnes, or a user defined unit) the user shall enter the relevant conversion unit here.

iii.

CO2 emissions from Direct Reduced Iron Production – Tier 2/3 and CO2 emissions from Pellet
Production – Tier 2/3

The worksheets for DRI production and Pellet Production are the same. The Tier 2/3 method is based on fuelconsumption and fuel carbon content. Emissions are derived from combusting fuel, coke breeze, metallurgical coke
and/or biochar. Data are entered row by row, as follows, and as applicable:
1. Column |NG|: input the amount of natural gas used in DRI/pellet production, in GJ.
2. Column |CBR|: input the amount of coke breeze/biochar used in DRI/pellet production, in GJ.
3. Column |Biochar instead of coke breeze|: check if biochar is used instead of coke breeze for DRI/pellet
production. By default this column is unchecked.
4. Column |CM|: input the amount of metallurgical coke /biochar used in DRI/pellet production, in GJ.
5. Column |Biochar instead of metallurgical coke|: check if biochar is used instead of metallurgical for
DRI/pellet production. By default, this column is unchecked.
Example: DRI Production – AD for Tier 2/3
Illustration also applies to Pellet Production

168 | P a g e

Emission factor input
Section 4.2.2.3 in Chapter 4 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of EFs for
the Iron and Steel Production source category and coke production. For coke production, section 4.2.2.3 of the2019 Refinement is also relevant. There are three sets of default EFs:
i)
ii)
iii)

Tier 1 EFs for CO2 (Table 4.1 in Chapter 4, Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines), and, additionallyfor coke production, Table 4.1 (Updated) in Chapter 4, Volume 3 of the 2019 Refinement.
Tier 1 EFs for CH4 (Table 4.2 in Chapter 4, Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines)
Tier 2/3 EFs for CO2 – carbon content of materials/fuels (Table 4.3 Chapter 4, Volume 3 of the 2006
IPCC Guidelines).

Then, for Coke Production
When Tier 1 Equations are applied:
For each combination of subdivision/coke production process in worksheet CO2 and CH4 Emissions from Coke
Production:
1. Column |EF|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default value for the given GHG or enter a userspecific value, in tonnes CO2/tonne coke produced or kg CH4/tonne coke produced.
Note that user shall select “Carbon dioxide (CO2)” or “Methane (CH4)” in the “Gas” bar at the top, to enter data for each GHG one by one.

Example: Tier 1 EF for coke production

For each subdivision in worksheet CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (mass balance):
1. Column |Ccc|: select from the drop-down menu the carbon content for coking coal taken from the 1.1.1
Fuel Manager or enter a user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne coking coal.
2. Column |Cco|: select from the drop-down menu the carbon content for coke taken from the 1.1.1 FuelManager or enter a user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne coke.
Note that the Tier 1b method requires information only on the quantity of coking coal consumed and coke produced.
There is an opportunity for users to include EF information for additional inputs and outputs in this worksheet; theadditional inputs are required under a Tier 2 method. For information on the entry of these additional factors, see
instruction for the Tier 2 equation below.
When the Tier 2 Equation is applied:
For each subdivision in worksheet CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (mass balance):
1. Column |Ccc|: select from the drop-down menu the carbon content for coking coal taken from the 1.1.1 FuelManager or enter a user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne coking coal.
2. Column |PM|: input the carbon content of process materials used for coke production, in tonnes C/tonnematerial. This information is entered in Column |CC| in the sub-table associated with Column |PM|.
169 | P a g e

3. Column |Cbg|: indicate whether the carbon content for blast furnace gas shall be taken from the Fuel Manager
or specified. Where the carbon content is taken from the Fuel Manager, the value will automatically appear in thegray-colored cell. Where Specified, the cell becomes white and the user shall input the carbon content of blast
furnace gas, in tonnes C/GJ.
Note that: section 1.1.1 Fuel Manager provides further information on populating the Fuel Manager.
4. Column |Cco|: select from the drop-down menu the carbon content for coke taken from the 1.1.1 FuelManager or enter a user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne coke.
5. Column |Ccog|: indicate whether the carbon content for coke oven gas shall be taken from the Fuel Manager
or specified. Where the carbon content is taken from the Fuel Manager, the value will automatically appear in thegray-colored cell. Where Specified, the cell becomes white and the user shall input the carbon content of cokeoven gas, in tonnes C/GJ.
Note that: section 1.1.1 Fuel Manager provides further information on populating the Fuel Manager.
Example: Tier 2 EF for coke production

Then, for Iron and Steel Production
When Tier 1 Equations are applied:
For each combination of subdivision/ type of steelmaking method, etc in worksheet CO2 and CH4 Emissions
from Iron and Steel Production:
1. Column |EF|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default value for the given GHG or enter a userspecific value, in tonnes CO2/tonne produced or kg CH4/tonne produced.
Note that user shall select “Carbon dioxide (CO2)” or “Methane (CH4)” in the “Gas” bar at the top, to enter data for each GHG one by one.

170 | P a g e

Example: Tier 1 EF for iron and steel production

When the Tier 2 Equations are applied:
For each subdivision in worksheet CO2 emissions from Iron and Steel Production – Tier 2/3, as applicable.
Note that the default carbon contents should be used only if an inventory compiler does not have information on conditions in iron and steel-making facilities but has
detailed activity data for the process materials and offsite transfers.

1. Column |Cpc|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default value for coke or enter a user-specific value,
including for biochar, in tonnes C/tonne coking coal/biochar.
2. Column |BPC|: input the carbon content of by-products, in tonnes C/tonne by-product. This information isentered in Column |CC| in the sub-table associated with Column |BPC|.
3. Column |Ci|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default value for the carbon content of coal directly
injected into the blast furnace, or enter a user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne coal/biochar.
4. Column |Cl|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default value for the carbon content of limestone, orenter a user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne limestone.
5. Column |Cd|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default value for the carbon content of dolomite, orenter a user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne dolomite.
6. Column |Cce|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default value for the carbon content of electrodes,
or enter a user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne electrode.
7. Column |PM|: input the carbon content of other carbonaceous process materials used for iron and steel
production, in tonnes C/tonne material. This information is entered in Column |CC| in the sub-tableassociated with Column |PM|.
8. Column |Ccog|: indicate whether the carbon content for coke oven gas shall be taken from the Fuel Manager
or specified. Where the carbon content is taken from the Fuel Manager, the value will automatically appear in thegray-colored cell. Where Specified , the cell becomes white and the user shall input the carbon content of cokeoven gas, in tonnes C/GJ.
Note that: section 1.1.1 Fuel Manager provides further information on populating the Fuel Manager.
9. Column |Cs|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default value for the carbon content of steel, or entera user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne steel.
10. Column |Cip|: select from the drop-down menu the IPCC default value for the carbon content of ironproduction not converted to steel, or enter a user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne iron.
11. Column |Cbg|: indicate whether the carbon content for blast furnace gas transferred offsite shall be taken fromthe Fuel Manager or specified. Where the carbon content is taken from the Fuel Manager, the value willautomatically appear in the gray-colored cell. Where Specified, the cell becomes white and the user shall input the
carbon content of blast furnace gas, in tonnes C/GJ.
Note that: section 1.1.1 Fuel Manager provides further information on populating the Fuel Manager.

171 | P a g e

Example: Tier 2 EF for iron and steel production

Then, for each subdivision in worksheet CO2 emissions from Sinter Production – Tier 2/3, as applicable:
1. Column |Ccbr|: enter a user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne coke breeze or biochar.
2. Column |Ccog|: indicate whether the carbon content for coke oven gas shall be taken from the Fuel Manager
or specified. Where the carbon content is taken from the Fuel Manager, the value will automatically appear in thegray-colored cell. Where Specified, the cell becomes white and the user shall input the carbon content of cokeoven gas, in tonnes C/GJ.
Note that: section 1.1.1 Fuel Manager provides further information on populating the Fuel Manager.
12. Column |Cbg|: indicate whether the carbon content for blast furnace gas consumed in sinter production shallbe taken from the Fuel Manager or specified. Where the carbon content is taken from the Fuel Manager, thevalue will automatically appear in the gray-colored cell. Where Specified, the cell becomes white and the user shallinput the carbon content of blast furnace gas, in tonnes C/GJ.
Note that: section 1.1.1 Fuel Manager provides further information on populating the Fuel Manager.
3. Column |OPM|: input the carbon content of other process materials used for sinter production, in tonnes
C/tonne material. This information is entered in Column |CC| in the sub-table associated with Column|OPM|.
4. Column |Csog|: enter a user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne sinter off-gas transferred offsite.
Then, for each subdivision in worksheet CO2 emissions from Direct Reduced Iron Production – Tier 2/3 andworksheet CO2 emissions from Pellet Production – Tier 2/3, as applicable:
1. Column |Cng|: indicate whether the carbon content for natural gas shall be taken from the Fuel Manager or
specified. Where the carbon content is taken from the Fuel Manager, the value will automatically appear in thegray-colored cell. Where Specified, the cell becomes white and the user shall input the carbon content of naturalgas, in tonnes C/GJ.
Note that: section 1.1.1 Fuel Manager provides further information on populating the Fuel Manager.
2. Column |Ccbr|: enter a user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne coke breeze or biochar.
3. Column |Ccm|: enter a user-specific value, in tonnes C/tonne metallurgical coke or biochar.

172 | P a g e

Results
Coke Production
CO2 and CH4 emissions from Coke Production (to be reported in the Energy sector) are estimated in mass units(tonnes and Gg for CO2 and kg and Gg for CH4) by the Software in the following worksheets:✓ CO2 and CH4 emissions from Coke Production✓ CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (mass balance)
It is important to note that total emissions from coke production estimated in worksheet CO2 Emissions frommetallurgical coke production (mass balance) automatically subtract in Column |Eflaring|. CO2 emissions
from flaring of coke oven gas, estimated in worksheet Emissions from Coke Oven Gas flaring in category
1.B.1.c.ii Coke Production. This subtraction should only take place where the Tier 2/3 method is applied inworksheet CO2 Emissions from metallurgical coke production (mass balance); the Tier 1b method assumes
that coke oven gas produced is burned on site for energy recovery, and therefore CO2 emissions from flaring are
equal to zero. To ensure that the proper CO2 is deducted, separate subdivisions should be entered for Tier1b andTier 2/3, and these subdivisions should be consistent with those entered in the worksheet Emissions from CokeOven Gas flaring in category 1.B.1.c.ii Coke Production.
All emissions from coke production will be reported under the Energy sector, under category 1.A.1.c.i Manufactureof Solid Fuels.
Iron and Steel Production
CO2 and CH4 emissions from Iron and Steel Production are estimated in mass units (tonnes and Gg for CO2 andkg and Gg for CH4) by the Software in the following worksheets:
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

CO2 and CH4 emissions from Iron and Steel Production – Tier 1CO2 emissions from Iron and Steel Production – Tier 2/3
CO2 emissions from Sinter Production – Tier 2/3
CO2 emissions from Pellet Production – Tier 2/3
CO2 emissions from Direct Reduced Iron Production – Tier 2/3

For both coke production and iron and steel production, where the user has indicated use of biochar in productionin the Software, CO2 emissions are totalled including and excluding biogenic CO2.
Total CO2 and CH4 emissions from coke and iron and steel production, is the sum of all emissions in the above
worksheets, taking into account any capture and storage or other reduction. The worksheet Capture and storage
or other reduction is provided in the Software to estimate these reductions.
In the worksheet Capture and storage or other reduction:
1. Column |A|: users collect and input information on the amount of CO2 captured (with subsequent storage),in tonnes.
2. Column |B|: users collect and input information on any other long-term reduction of CO2 or CH4, in tonnes.
Note that: Column |B| may include short-term reductions only in cases where the subsequent GHG emissions from use are included elsewhere in the GHG
inventory.

3. Column |Biogenic|: indicate with a check if the reducing agent/fuel is of biogenic origin.
Note that consistent with Volume 2, Chapter 2 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, capture of biogenic CO2 for long-term storage may lead to negative CO2
emissions.

173 | P a g e

Example: Capture and storage or other reduction

174 | P a g e

2.F Product Uses as Substitutes for Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS)
2.F.1 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Section 7.5 Chapter 7 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines provides single methodological guidance for all subapplications (e.g., domestic, commercial, industrial, etc.) and divides them in two sub-categories: i) 2.F.1.a
Refrigeration and Stationary Air Conditioning and ii) 2.F.1.b Mobile Air Conditioning. Please note that the subapplication “Transport refrigeration”, which comprises equipment and systems used in refrigerated trucks,
containers, reefers, and wagons, is included under sub-category 2.F.1.a. The sub-category 2.F.1.b is for the subapplication “Mobile air-conditioning” which comprises systems used in passenger cars, truck cabins, buses, andtrains.
The guidance has two Tiers (Tier 1 and Tier 2) with differentiation between Tier 2a (EF approach) and Tier 2b(mass-balance approach). Tier 1 is considered a mixed Tier 1 a/b method.

2.F.1.a Refrigeration and Stationary Air Conditioning
2.F.1.b Mobile Air Conditioning
Information
The Tier 1 method estimates emissions from refrigeration and air conditioning as a whole across the country (notby sub-application) and requires the following data input:i) Year of introduction of the refrigerant (F-gas)ii) Growth rate in sales of new equipmentiii) Assumed equipment lifetimeiv) EF from installed basev) Fraction (%) of refrigerant destroyed at the end-of-lifevi) Production (sales) of refrigerant in the current reporting yearvii) Export of refrigerant in the current reporting yearviii) Import of refrigerant in the current reporting year
Then the Tier 1 method back-calculates the development of the bank of a refrigerant from the current reporting
year to the year of its introduction. The bank is the amount of refrigerant stored in products. It then calculatesemissions from the bank in the current reporting year plus emissions from the retired equipment in the current
reporting year (if they happen assuming the lifetime of equipment).
Tier 2 methods estimate emissions from refrigeration and air conditioning, by sub-application (e.g. commercial anddomestic refrigeration are estimated separately), and are broken down into Tier 2a and Tier 2b methods.
The Tier 2a method is an EF approach and requires the data input and respective EFs for each stage of operation:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)

Management of refrigerant containers
Charge of refrigerant
Operation and servicing of refrigerant systems (emissions from the bank)
Disposal of refrigerant systems (end-of-life).

The Tier 2b method is a mass-balance approach for refrigeration across the whole country in the current reporting
year and needs the following data:i) Annual sales of new refrigerantii) Total charge of new equipmentiii) Original total charge of retiring equipmentiv) Amount of refrigerant destroyed

175 | P a g e

GHGs
The Software includes the following GHGs for the Refrigeration and Air Conditioning source category, althoughtypically only HFCs or blends containing HFCs and PFCs are consumed.
CO2
--

CH4
--

N2O
--

HFCs
X

PFCs
X

SF6
X

NF3
X

IPCC Equations✓ Tier 1: Equation 7.1 and 7.2A/B✓ Tier 2a: Equations 7.10, 7.11, 7.12, 7.13 and 7.14
✓ Tier 2b: Equation 7.9

Software Worksheets
The Software calculates emissions of F-gases from Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (sub-category 2.F.1.a and2.F.1.b) using the following four worksheets for each sub-category:✓ 1.1.2 F-gases Manager: contains data on F-gases used (including imported) and/or produced and exported
in country.
✓ F-gas Emissions, contains for each subdivision and each F-gas, information on the year of introduction,
growth rate in sales of new equipment, assumed equipment lifetime, EF from installed base, fraction (%)
of refrigerant destroyed at the end-of-life, production, export and import. The worksheet calculates theassociated F-gas emissions for Tier 1.
✓ F-gas Parameters – Tier 2, this worksheet is required for users applying either Tier 2a or Tier 2 b, andallows input of necessary information: subdivisions, sub-applications, chemicals (i.e. gases) consumed andwhich Tier 2 method is applied for that subdivision/sub-application/F-gas (Tier 2a or 2b). Additionalparameters are available for data input, depending on the method selected for each gas. These parameters
are incorporated into the calculation of emissions in the following worksheets (they are automaticallytransferred into the Tier 2a and/or Tier 2b worksheets). The user may also indicate in this worksheet if a
specific combination of subdivision/sub-application/ F- gas is confidential.
✓ F-gas Emissions – Tier 2a, contains for each subdivision /sub-application / F-gas, EFs and parameters
needed to estimate F-gas emissions using the Tier 2a method (EF approach). Based on all the data theworksheet calculates the associated F-gas emissions for Tier 2a.
✓ F-gas Emissions – Tier 2b, contains for each subdivision /sub-application / F-gas, parameters needed
to estimate F-gas emissions using the Tier 2b method (mass balance approach. Based on all the data entered,
the worksheet calculates the associated F-gas emissions for Tier 2b.

User’s work Flowchart
Consistent with the key category analysis and the decision tree in Figure 7.6 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, GHG
estimates are calculated using a single methodological tier or by applying a combination of tiers according to theavailability of AD and of user-specific1 EFs or direct measurements.
To ease the use of the Software as well as to avoid its misuse, the user follows the following flowchart for Refrigeration
and Air Conditioning.

1 Where the inventory of the source-category is stratified by subdivisions instead of a single nation-wide aggregate, subdivision-specific AD

and EFs may be applied to prepare estimates at Tier 2. For instance, Region A and Region B are 2 subdivisions of country’s X estimates, aTier 2 methodological approach can be implemented either applying different region-specific EFs or applying to both regions the countryspecific EF.

176 | P a g e

Refrigeration and Air Conditioning- flowchart(Stationary (2.F.1.a) and Mobile (2.F.1.b))
STEP A
F-gases Manager - Chemicals
Specify F-gases
STEP BF-gases Manager - Blends
Specify Blends

by Subdivision
by Sub-Application
by F-gas
Tier 1 equation

Tab: Chemical s Data
STEP C.1
F-gas Emissions
Input Subdivision, Fgas and parameters(year of introduction,
growth rate, lifetime, EFfrom installed base, endof-life EF)

STEP D.1
F-gas Emissions
Input AD (production,
export and import )Step E.1:
F-gas Emissions
Results –F-gas emissions

Tier 2a equations

Tier 2b equation

Tab: F-gases Manager
Step C.2 – F-gas Parameters[Input Subdivision, Sub-application, F-Gas and Tier 2 (a or b)]

STEP C.2a
F-gas Emissions – Tier 2a
Input Tier 2a parameters(year of introduction, EF forcontainers, EF for filling, EF
for operation, lifetime, shareof remaining initial charge,
recovery efficiency)

STEP C.2b
F-gas Emissions – Tier 2b
Input Tier 2b parameters(year of introduction, lifetime,
recovery efficiency)

STEP D.2a
F-gas Emissions – Tier 2a
Input Tier 2a AD(production, export, import,
used to refill, destroyed,
exported in used equipment)

STEP D.2b
F-gas Emissions – Tier 2b
Input Tier 2b AD(production, export, import,
used to refill, destroyed,
exported in used equipment,
stockpile, recovered)

Step E.2a
F-gas Emissions – Tier2a
Results – F-gas emissions

Step E.2b
F-gas Emissions – Tier2b
Results – F-gas emissions

177 | P a g e

Thus, for the source-category:
Steps A and B, 1.1.2 F-gases Manager, users ensure that all F-gases/blends consumed (including imported for
consumption) or produced and exported and related to this source category have been checked off first in the
country level F-gases Manager, and then in the IPCC category level F-gases Manager.
Data can be input as a single total (e.g. national level) or stratified, where AD are available, in subdivisions (e.g.
states, regions, provinces; or single facilities or companies).
Then, for each subdivision:
Data may be entered as a single application (e.g. all refrigeration and air conditioning for 2.F.1.a or mobile air
conditioning for 2.F.1.b as in Step A.1) or in distinct sub-applications (e.g. domestic refrigeration is calculated
separately from commercial refrigeration as in Step A.2). Data is input separately for 2.F.1.a Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning and 2.F.1.b Mobile Air Conditioning, but the same methods apply and, thus, are discussed together.
See the section below on EF/Parameter input to customize the Software to fit the users’ needs to designate
subdivisions and/or sub-applications.
Then, for each subdivision/sub-application, if any:
When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
Step C.1, in the worksheet F-gas Emissions, users collect and input in the tab Chemical’s Data information on
subdivision(s), relevant F-gases and their year of introduction, growth rate in sales of new equipment, assumed
equipment lifetime, EF from installed base, and fraction (%) of refrigerant destroyed at the end-of-life.
Step D.1, in the worksheet F-gas Emissions, for each subdivision and each F-gas identified in Step A, users collectand input information on the production, export and import of that gas in the current reporting year (the worksheet
allows to enter such information for previous years as well).
Step E.1, in the worksheets F-gas Emissions, the Software calculates the associated emissions for each F-gas, intonnes.
When the Tier 2 Equations are applied:
Step C.2, in the worksheet F-gas Parameters – Tier 2, users collect and input in the Software the information on
subdivisions, sub-applications and Tier 2 methods (Tier 2a and/or Tier 2b). For Tier 2a, users collect and input the
information on year of introduction, EF for containers, EF for filling, EF for operation, lifetime, share of remaining
initial charge, and recovery efficiency (Step C.2a). For Tier 2b it contains information on year of introduction,
lifetime, and recovery efficiency (Step C.2.b).
Then for Tier 2a:
Step D.2a, in the worksheet F-gas Emissions – Tier 2a, for each subdivision/sub-application/F-gas, users collectand input information on the amount of F-gas produced domestically, imported and exported in bulk or equipment,
the amount used to refill equipment, the amount destroyed, and exported in used equipment for subsequent use(for the current reporting year as well as it is possible to enter such information for previous years).
Step E.2a in the worksheet F-gas Emissions – Tier 2a, the Software calculates the associated emissions for eachF-gas in kg and Gg.
Then for Tier 2b:
Step D.2b, in the worksheet F-gas Emissions – Tier 2b, for each subdivision/sub-application/F-gas/blend, users
collect and input information on the amount of F-gas produced domestically, imported and exported in bulk or
equipment, the amount used to fill equipment factory- and not-factory-charged, the amount stockpiled (i.e. not usedin the inventory year), the amount recovered and recycled/reclaimed, the amount destroyed and the amountexported in used equipment (for the current reporting year as well as it is possible to enter such information forprevious years).
Step E.2b, in the worksheets F-gas Emissions – Tier 2b, the Software calculates the associated emissions for eachF-gas in kg and Gg.
178 | P a g e

Customizing the Software for Refrigeration and Air Conditioning: subdivision/sub-application/Fgases/blends
For both the Tier 1 and Tier 2 methods, users must first identify the applicable subdivision/sub-application/F gases/blends applicable to the chosen method that will be used to estimate GHG emissions.
When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
For the Tier 1 method, the user customizes the Software to identify the relevant subdivision and F-gases used for
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning. There are no sub-applications for the Tier 1 method; by definition Tier 1
estimates emissions from Refrigeration and Air Conditioning in two major applications: Refrigeration and Stationary
Air Conditioning (2.F.1.a) and Mobile Air Conditioning (2.F.1.b).
Note that for users that apply a Tier 1 method for Refrigeration and Stationary Air Conditioning (2.F.1.a) and intend to prepare a JSON file for submission of the
GHG inventory into the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool all data will transfer to the UNFCCC as commercial refrigeration. This is because the structure of the
CRT accommodates reporting at the sub-application level (i.e. Tier 2). Users reporting a Tier 1 method should indicate that emissions from any other possible subapplication (domestic refrigeration, industrial refrigeration, etc) are “IE” (included elsewhere). See Annex I for further information.

Important: When the user first enters the Software, there is only a single subdivision (Unspecified) and no F-gases
available for selection for data entry. Thus, the user must identify subdivisions and enter the relevant Fgas(es)/blends.
Example: Landing page when user first enters category 2.F.1.a and 2.F.1.b

179 | P a g e

Entering subdivision(s)1. If the user intends to apply a single subdivision (e.g. national) they may either leave as is (subdivision=Unspecified) or add its univocal name/code [e.g. “country name”].
2. To add a univocal name/code a in worksheet F-Gas Emissions, users need to click on the tab Chemical’s
Data in order to open a pop-up window and to enter a new subdivision(s).
Example: Adding a subdivision for Tier 1

Identifying relevant F-gases /blends at the IPCC category level
Upon first entering the Software and selecting Gas in the worksheet F-Gas Emissions, the user will not see any Fgases (or blends) pre-populated in the drop-down menu. This is because users must first identify the specific Fgases /blends consumed for Refrigeration and Air Conditioning; selected from all F-gases/blends that have alreadybeen identified by the user at the national level in the 1.1.2 F-gases Manager.
To select the F-gases used in this IPCC category:
1. select Chemical’s Data.
2. select the [+] next to the drop-down menu for Gas
3. check all F-gas(es)/blends consumed for refrigeration and air conditioning.
Note that: any F-gases/blends selected here will be available for all subdivisions in this source category.
If a needed gas is not available for selection, it is because it has not been added at the national level as a gas produced/used in this country. To enter Fgases (or blends thereof) at the national level, select Chemicals at National Level or Blends at National Level from the bottom of the screen.

4. For users intending to use the Software for reporting in the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool: If AD and/or
emissions for a particular F-gas consumed in this category is considered confidential, the user may checkthe box UNFCCC CRT Confidentiality for that gas. If checked, “C” will be reported for AD and emissions
in the JSON file generated for the CRT. Further, all confidential emissions will be reported in category 2.H
in Table2(II).B-Hs2 of the CRT together as unspecified mix of HFCs and PFCs, SF6 or NF3, as appropriate(for further information, see Annex I: Mapping between the IPCC Inventory Software andthe UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool).

180 | P a g e

Example: Populating the F-gases manager and designating confidentiality for category:
refrigeration and air conditioning – Tier 1

Once information on subdivisions and relevant F-gas(es) for category 2.F.1.a and 2.F.1.b have been identified, theuser is ready to input relevant EF/parameters following the Tier 1 method.
When Tier 2 Equations are applied:
Similar as for Tier 1, users must customize the Software to identify the relevant subdivision(s) and F-gas(es) used for
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning following a Tier 2 method. In addition, the Tier 2 method requires information
on sub-applications (e.g. commercial refrigeration is calculated separately from domestic).
The worksheet F-Gas Parameters- Tier 2 is used to define subdivision(s), sub-application(s), and F-gases and/or
blends used in the Tier 2a and Tier 2b methods, as well as additional parameters needed for these methods (inputof additional parameters is described in the next section).
Entering subdivision(s) and sub-application(s)At the beginning, the worksheet is empty and users need to input firstly subdivision(s) in the grey cell as follows.
1. Select the drop-down menu. If the user intends to apply a single subdivision (e.g. national) they may either
leave as is (select subdivision =Unspecified) or add its univocal name/code [e.g. “country name”].
2. Then the Software introduces the expanding window below the entered subdivision, see [+] sign in below
figure. By clicking on the [+] sign, the window explands and allows the user to enter sub-applications(domestic, commercial, etc.), which are available in the drop-down table. Users may enter country-specificsub-applications manually.
For users intending to use the Software for reporting in the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool: The user should avoid changing the pre-defined subapplications in the drop-down menu, as the existing naming convention has been used to map to the appropriate category in the UNFCCC CRT. Any
additional sub-applications added by the user (or modifications of the names of existing sub-applications) will map to the source category stationary air
conditioning in Table 2(II)B-Hs2 of the UNFCCC CRT.

181 | P a g e

Example: Identifying subdivision(s)/ sub-application(s) – Tier 2

182 | P a g e

Identifying relevant F-gases/blends at the IPCC category level
After identifying the subdivision(s) and sub-application(s), users must then identify the specific F-gases /blends
consumed for Refrigeration and Air Conditioning; selected from all F-gases/blends that have already identified by
the user at the national level in the 1.1.2 F-gases Manager.
To select the F-gas(es)/blends used in this IPCC category:
1. For first time use of the Software it is necessary to enter F-gas(es)/blends consumed in the Refrigeration and
Air Conditioning source category. To do this, select F-gases Manager and check all F-gas(es)/blends
consumed for refrigeration and air conditioning.
Note that: the list of possible blends is also accessible in the drop-down menu, after Other GHGs .
Note that: if a gas is not available for selection, it is because it has not been added at the national level as a gas/blend produced/used in this country. To
enter F-gases (or blends thereof) at the national level, select Chemicals at National Level or Blends at National Level from the bottom.

2. After identifying the subdivision, selecting a specific sub-application (e.g. Domestic Refrigeration in theimage below), and ensuring the F-gases Manager includes all gases/blends consumed in the category, theuser selects the [+] plus sign to select the F-gas(es)/blends for which emissions are to be calculated. Each
F-gas /blend, is entered row by row in Column |Chemical|.
Note that: the drop-down for chemical will be blank until a user identifies the specific F-gas(es) /blends used for the IPCC source category in previous step.

Example: Adding F-gas(es)/blends for Tier 2

3. For users intending to use the Software for reporting in the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool: If AD and/or
emissions for a particular F-gas consumed in this category is considered confidential, the user may checkthe box UNFCCC CRT Confidentiality for that gas. For Tier 2, the designation of confidentiality occurs
row by row, for each gas consumed in the subdivision/sub-application (see Annex I: Mapping
between the IPCC Inventory Software and the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool).
Note that: if checked, “C” will be reported for AD and emissions in the JSON file generated for the CRT; and all emissions will be reported in category
2.H in Table2(II).B-Hs2 of the CRT. All confidential gases will be reported together as unspecified mix of HFCs and PFCs, SF6 or NF3, asappropriate (for further information, see Annex I).

183 | P a g e

Example: Populating the F-gases manager and designating confidentiality for category:
refrigeration and air conditioning - Tier 2

EF/parameters input1
Section 7.5.2.2 Chapter 7 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of
EFs/parameters. Input of EFs/parameters requires the following steps for Tier 1 and Tier 2.
When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
1. In worksheet F-Gas Emissions, users need to click on the tab Chemical Data to open a pop-up window
and to enter the parameters and EFs needed for estimation of each F-gas/blend consumed in that
subdivision.
2. Gas: user selects the relevant F-gas/blend from the drop-down menu (refer to previous section on
customizing the Software if an additional F-gas or blend needs to be added to the drop-down menu).
3. Window |Year of Introduction|: year of introduction of refrigerant in the country (e.g., 1990).
4. Window |Growth Rate in New Equipment Sales|: growth rate in sales of new equipment, usually assumed
linear across the period of assessment (e.g. 3%).
5. Window |Assumed Equipment Lifetime|: equipment lifetime - number of years (the average equipment
lifetime is 15 years).
6. Window |Emission Factor from Installed Base|: EF from installed base or bank in percent (emissions frombanked refrigerants average 15% annually across the whole RAC application area).
7. Window |% of Gas Destroyed at End-of-Life|: fraction of refrigerant destroyed at the end-of-life, percent(the default of zero percent means no F-gas is destroyed at the end-of-life, thus all the amount in retired
equipment is emitted).

1 Unlike other source categories in the IPCC sector, this Users’ Guidebook explains first the input of EF/parameter inputs, then AD inputs,

due to the structure of the Software.

184 | P a g e

Example: Entering EF/parameter information- Tier 1

8. Then, users need to Save and Close the pop-up window Chemicals’ Data to return to the worksheet andto enter agent production, export and import data. The user can see information entered in Chemicals’
Data tab in the main calculation window. In the image below, the gas consumed in the subdivision appears(i.e. HFC-134a), and the parameters are visible. Input of AD (in red-orange cells) is explained in the next
section.
Example: Grid ready for entry of AD – Tier 1- refrigeration and air conditioning

185 | P a g e

When the Tier 2 Equations are applied:
1. In worksheet F-Gas Parameters-Tier 2, users use the [+] plus sign to allow data entry for each subdivision/
sub-application.
2. Column |Chemical|: user selects the relevant F-gas/blend from the drop-down menu (refer to previous
section on customizing the Software if an additional F-gas or blend needs to be added to the drop-downmenu).
3. Column |Tier|: After selecting the F-gas/blend, the specific Tier 2 method applied (i.e. either Tier 2a orTier 2b) should be selected.
Then, for different Tiers (Tier 2a and/or Tier 2b) users input the following EFs/parameters (consult Table 7.9
Chapter 7 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines for IPCC default values, if needed).
4. For Tier 2a, for each subdivision, sub-application and each F-gas/blend, enter the following information:a. Column |t (start)|: the year of introduction of refrigerant (F-gas/blend).
b. Column |EFc|: EF for containers management (percent per year).
c. Column |EFk|: EF for filling new equipment (percent of initial charge per year).
d. Column |EFx|: EF for equipment operation (percent of initial charge per year).
e. Column |d|: lifetime of equipment, years.
f. Column |p|: share of initial (full) charge remaining at end-of-life, percent.
g. Column |η (rec,d)|: recovery efficiency, percent.
5. Tier 2b: for each sub-division, sub-application and each F-gas/blend, enter the following information:
1. Column |t (start)|: year of introduction of refrigerant (F-gas/blend).
2. Column |d|: lifetime of equipment, years.
3. Column |η (rec,d)|: recovery efficiency at disposal, which is the ratio of recovered HFC referred to the
HFC contained in the system, percent.
Please note that EFs are based on the initial (full) charge.
Example: Entering EF/parameter information- Tier 2

4. The same procedure is to be applied for all subdivisions/sub-applications.

186 | P a g e

Example: Subdivisions and sub-applications entered for the entire category 2.F.1.a
Note that the same table structure applies to category 2.F.1.b

5.

After EF and parameter information is entered for all subdivisions /sub-applications/ F-gases/blends, theuser navigates to the worksheet F-Gas Emissions – Tier 2a and/or F-Gas Emissions – Tier 2b andenters the corresponding AD. The user can see information entered in the F-Gas Parameters-Tier 2 tabin the main calculation window of those worksheets. Input of AD (white cells) is explained in the next
section.
Note that: worksheets may be for individual F-gas species, or blends. The figure below illustrates entry of information for a blend. The blend will bedisaggregated to individual F-gas species for reporting, including when preparing a JSON file for reporting to the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool.

Example: Grid for ready for entry of AD – Tier 2a- refrigeration and air conditioning

187 | P a g e

Activity data input
Sections 7.5.2.3 of Chapter 7 Volume 3 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines contains information on the choice of AD for2.F.1.a and 2.F.1.b source categories.
Important to highlight for data entry is the need to avoid double counting of F-gas consumption. The
possibility of double counting can be mitigated in two ways:
1. Ensure that consumption of a unique quantity of F-gases is not counted simultaneously in multiple
applications, both within Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (e.g. the same quantity of HFC-134a should
not be added into worksheets for both domestic and commercial refrigeration) or across sub-categories (e.g.
the same quantity should not be included in both Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (2.F.1) and Foams(2.F.2)). AD entered in each worksheet should be unique to that subdivision/application/sub-application.
2. Do not count for both consumption of an F-gas species as well as the consumption of a blend thatis then produced from that same quantify of F-gases. Possible double counting can be mitigated wheredata are entered all as individual F-gases, or all as blends. Where both are available, care should be taken
not to include the same quantity of F-gases twice in the AD.
The Software will be updated in the future to include a validation check to indicate if the total consumption of F
gases across all source categories and applications/sub-applications is equal to or less than the total supply of that
F-gas, calculated as Production of the gas + imports (bulk and equipment)+ amount recycled – exports (bulk and in equipment)–
F-gases used to produce blends.
Input of AD requires the following steps for different Tiers.
When the Tier 1 Equation is applied:
As noted in the section EF/parameters above, parameters from the tab Chemicals’ Data will be visible in theworksheet F-gas Emissions. Next, users need to enter the AD in the red-orange cells, by subdivision/gas, and foreach year, as follows:
1. Column |t|: year t (from the year of introduction of refrigerant to the last inventory year). This column is
automatically populated based on the year of introduction of the refrigerant in Chemicals’ Data tab.
2. Column|P|: enter the amount of the respective chemical identified in Gas and produced for consumption
in the designated subdivision. The amount for category 2.F.1.a should be entered separately from theamount used for 2.F.1.b.
3. Column|Ex|: if applicable, enter the amount of the respective chemical identified in Gas that was produced
for consumption in the designated subdivision, but exported, in tonnes. This amount should not be
considered in the calculation of emissions.
4. Column|Im|: enter the amount of the respective chemical identified in Gas that was imported for thedesignated subdivision for use in the refrigeration and air conditioning source category, in tonnes.
Note that: data on production, export and import of refrigerant (F-gas/blends) for refrigeration and air conditioning should be entered for the current reporting(inventory) year in Column|t| and all other year(s) for which data are known and available. The Software will fill in the gaps to complete the time series, as
described below.

Once known AD are input, the Software makes several calculations:
1. The Software back-calculates production, export and import back to the year of introduction, or an interim
year for which data are known .
Note that this cell is based on the assumed parameters entered in the tab Chemicals’ Data (specifically the equipment growth rate).
2.

Column|D|: The total new agent to the market each year is estimated. A fraction of this is assumed to be
used for servicing existing equipment (Column|K|) and a fraction for newly installed equipment((Column|L|).
Note that, if the total new agent to the market is greater than the previous year’s emissions, the new agent is assumed to replace all of the previous year’s
emissions, with any remainder used to fill new equipment. If the total new agent is less than that required to replace the previous year’s emissions, all of the
new agent is assumed to be used for servicing.
Note that: information in Column|K| and Column|L| will be included in the JSON file for upload to the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool.

188 | P a g e

3. Column|R|: The Software tracks the amount of agent in retired equipment.
Note that if the equipment is serviced to full charge every year (see step 2), this would be equal to the full initial charge of the equipment, minus operationalemissions for that year. However, in cases where the total new agent to the market is not sufficient for full servicing of emissions from the previous year
(S_needed), equipment may only be partially serviced (referred to as S_done), and thus the amount in the retired equipment may be less than full charge.
The Software calculates the difference between “S_needed” and “S-done” and subtracts this from the full charge less annual emissions, to calculate theamount in the retired equipment.

Example: Calculation of S-needed and S-done

4. Column|F| is the amount of agent in the retired equipment destroyed in the year of retirement.
Note that the % destroyed was added in Chemicals’ Data tab.

5. Column|G| is the total amount of agent retired in the year, minus the amount destroyed.
6. Column|H|: The Software back-calculates the development of the bank of a refrigerant from the current
reporting year to the year of its introduction.
189 | P a g e

Note that the bank for a given year (t) is calculated as the sum of the bank at the end of the previous year (t-1) plus total new agent to the market in year(t), minus the amount in retired equipment in year (t), minus emissions from all installed equipment (calculated based on the lifetime entered in Chemicals’
Data tab and the amount in Column |M|).
7.
8.

Column|I|: contains all emissions from installed equipment.
Column|E|: Total emissions are calculated, in tonnes.
Note that total emissions are calculated as emissions from installed equipment plus emissions from retired equipment.

Green cells are estimates and they cannot be modified. Cell calculations are provided below the column header.
Example #1
Example #1: Import – 10 000 tonnes of HFC-143a for mobile air conditioning, no production and export inthe current year 2020 (only one entry, year of introduction – 1998)

Notes:
1. White cells show where data were entered manually.
2. In the red-orange cells the Software interpolates or back-calculates the input. The user should use caution inmodifying any red-orange cells, unless data are known. If data are manually entered in an interim year, theSoftware will recalculate the trend between the two known data entry points. DO NOT ADD ZERO unless“0” is the known value, as the Software will interpolate values assuming the zero. To delete an incorrect entry,
instead of using zero, simply delete/clear the value from the cell.
Note that: in some cases the cell may stay white after deletion of the user specific data, suggesting user-entered data are still there. The cell will still be
automatically calculated by the Software. If the user wishes to revert back to the red-orange cells for all interpolated data, it may be necessary to delete
information in all cells and re-enter the AD.

Green cells are calculated by the Software – they cannot be modified.

190 | P a g e

Example #2
Example #2: AD available only for four years – 2005, 2010, 2015 and 2020 (year of introduction – 1998,
current reporting year – 2020)

Notes:
1. As noted above, only enter 0 for a cell if this is the known value (for production, export and import).
2. If zero is entered, the Software understands that in that year there was no production/export/import andthe Software back-calculates the data assuming zero production/export/import. It will be a white cell.
3. If nothing is entered for a given year, the cell remains red-orange and the Software interpolates that cell
assuming inputs in other years.

191 | P a g e

Example #3
Example #3: AD for 2020 and 2010, zero AD (2015) and user AD removed (2005)

In the above example, user-specific import information has been added for 2010 (3,000 tonnes), 2015 (0 tonnes)
and 2020 (10,000 tonnes). The Software understands that AD are available for three years 2020, 2015 and 2010 andinterpolates data between 2020 and 2015 from 10000 tonnes to 0 and between 2015 and 2010 from 0 to 3000 tonnes.
From 2010 back to 1998 (the year of introduction) the Software extrapolates backwards based on the data entered in2010 and the known growth rate of new equipment (3%).

When the Tier 2 Equations are applied:
As noted in the section EF/parameters above, parameters from the tab F-Gas Parameters – Tier 2 will be visible
in the worksheets F-Gas Emissions – Tier 2a and F-Gas Emissions – Tier 2b. Next, users need to enter the AD
in the white cells of these worksheets for each year, as applicable.
Tier 2a:
If Tier 2a was specified in the worksheet F-Gas Parameters – Tier 2, then the worksheet F-gas Emissions – Tier
2a will be active, so that users can select subdivisions, sub-applications and F-gases/blends and estimate emissions.
Data are entered as follows:
1. Users first need to select subdivision, then sub-application and F-gas/blend for which AD are to be entered.
Note that if a subdivision/sub-application/F-gas / blend is not available for selection, the user should refer back to the description for Tier 2 inCustomizing the Software for Refrigeration and Air Conditioning: subdivision/sub-application/F-gases

2. Then for each subdivision, sub-application and F-gas/blend for which Tier 2a was specified in theworksheet F-Gas Parameters – Tier 2, users need to populate AD in the white cells of worksheet F-gas
Emissions – Tier 2a.

192 | P a g e

Example: F-gas Emissions – Tier 2a (subdivisions, sub-applications and F-gases)

Example: AD Input: F-gas Emissions – Tier 2a

193 | P a g e

AD are entered for each subdivision/sub-application/ F gas/blend, and for each year (based on the year of
introduction of the refrigerant) in worksheet F-Gas Emissions – Tier 2a, as follows:
Note that: the Tier 2a worksheet requires AD entry for each year, it does not interpolate data as in Tier 1. If there is a need to apply IPCC splicing techniques tofill data gaps, this should be done outside the Software, and the results manually input.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

7.
8.

Column |C|: amount of domestically manufactured F-gas/blend in year t, kg
Column |D|: amount imported in bulk in year t, kg
Column |E|: amount exported in bulk in year t, kg
Column |F|: amount contained in factory-charged imported equipment in year t, kg
Column |G|: amount contained in factory-charged exported new-equipment in year t, kg.
Column |O|: amount used to refill equipment in year t, kg. In Column |O| there is a drop-down menu
for two options:a. Calculated (green cell) – the Software estimates the amount for refill by a default assumption (in amature market two thirds of the sales of a refrigerant are used for servicing) andb. Specified (white cell) – users need to enter country-specific AD manually.
Column |S|: amount destroyed in year t, kg
Column |T|: amount exported in used equipment in year t, kg

Once AD are input, the Software makes several calculations in green cells (these cannot be modified):
9.

Column |B|: amount in the bank (i.e. the amount of refrigerant stored in products) on January 1st ofyear t, kg.
Note that this column is automatically calculated and is equal to the bank at the end of the previous year.

10. Column |H|: domestic sales of new chemical (in bulk) in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated as total domestic manufactured F-gas/blend, plus import (bulk), minus exports (bulk), plus any refrigerant recovered
and recycled/reclaimed from the previous year.

11. Column |I|: emitted by containers management (during transfer from bulk to small, and as leftover if
not recovered), kg.
Note that this cell is calculated as the total amount of chemical in bulk in year (t) multiplied by the EF for containers |EFc|, as indicated in worksheet
F-Gas Parameters- Tier 2 (2% in this example).

12. Column |J|: amount used to fill domestically manufactured new equipment in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated as the total amount of chemical in bulk in year (t) minus any emissions from filling of containers, minus the amountused to refill other equipment.

13. Column |K|: emitted during filling of new equipment in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated as the amount in Column |J| multiplied by the EF for filling |EFk|, as indicated in worksheet F-Gas
Parameters- Tier 2 (1% in this example).

14. Column |L|: amount contained in new equipment filled in country in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated as the amount in Column |J| minus Column |K|.

15. Column |M|: amount contained in equipment going to the bank in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated as the amount in new equipment, plus imports in new equipment, minus agent exported in new equipment.

16. Column |N|: amount emitted from equipment in use in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated as the sum of agent in all equipment in use, based on the lifetime selected in worksheet F-Gas Parameters- Tier
2 (15 years in this example), and EF |EFx| for equipment operation in the same worksheet (1% in the example).

17. Column |P|: amount in equipment retired in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated based on the agent in equipment reaching the end of its lifetime, based on the lifetime added in worksheet F-Gas
Parameters- Tier 2, and the share of initial charge remaining in the equipment provided in that same worksheet |p| (80% in this example).

18. Column |Q|: amount recovered and recycled/reclaimed from equipment retired in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated based on the agent in equipment reaching the end of its lifetime, based on the lifetime added in worksheet F-Gas
Parameters- Tier 2, and the recovery efficiency of the amount to be recycled/reclaimed, provided in that same worksheet |η (rec,d)| (70% in thisexample).

19. Column |R|: amount emitted at end of life in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated as the difference between the total amount in the retired equipment and the amount recovered.

20. Column |U|: amount in the bank on December 31st of year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated as the bank in the beginning of the year plus the amount contained in equipment going to the bank in that year, plus
the amount used to refill equipment, minus emissions from equipment in use, minus amount in retired equipment, minus amount exported in equipment.

21. Column |V|: total emissions in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated as the sum of emissions from containers, filling equipment in use and end of life, minus the amount destroyed, minus theamount exported.

22. Column |W|: total emissions in year t, Gg
194 | P a g e

Tier 2b:
If Tier 2b was specified in the worksheet F-Gas Parameters – Tier 2, then the worksheet F-gas Emissions –Tier 2b will be active, so that users can select subdivisions, sub-applications and F-gases/blends and respective
parameters. Data are entered, row by row, for each subdivision/sub-application/F-gas/blend, as follows:
1. Users first need to select subdivision, then sub-application and F-gas/blend for which AD are to be entered.
Note that if a subdivision/sub-application/F-gas / blend is not available for selection, the user should refer back to the description for Tier 2 inCustomizing the Software for Refrigeration and Air Conditioning: subdivision/sub-application/F-gases

2. Then for each subdivision, sub-application and F-gas/blend, for which Tier 2b was specified in theworksheet F-Gas Parameters – Tier 2, users need to populate AD in the white cells of worksheet F-gas
Emissions – Tier 2b.
Example: F-gas Emissions – Tier 2b (subdivisions, sub-applications and F-gases)

Then AD are entered for each subdivision/sub-application/ F gas/blend, and for each year (based on the year of
introduction of the refrigerant), in worksheet F-Gas Emissions – Tier 2b, as follows:
Note that: the Tier 2b worksheet requires AD entry for each year, it does not interpolate data as in Tier 1. If there is a need to apply IPCC splicing techniques to fill
data gaps, this should be done outside the Software, and the results manually input.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Column |B|: amount of domestically manufactured F-gas/blend in year t, kg
Column |C|: amount imported in bulk in year t, kg
Column |D|: amount exported in bulk in year t, kg
Column |E|: amount contained in factory-charged imported equipment in year t, kg
Column |F|: among contained in factory-charged exported new-equipment in year t, kg
Column |S|: amount of F-gas/blend available (from production or import) but not used in year (t), i.e.
stockpiled. The amount added to the stockpile is entered as a positive value, the amount taken from thestock pile, a negative. The stockpile is subtracted from the calculation of total emissions for year (t),leading to emissions from the previously stockpiled agent in the year it is withdrawn from the stockpile.
Note that the Software contains a check for the user of the cumulative amount of the stockpile. The cumulated stockpile should always be positive. If
the available stockpile turns negative owing to user entry, the cell will become red.

195 | P a g e

Example: Indicator that stockpile should be reviewed

7.
8.
9.

Column |H|: amount used in year t to fill imported new equipment, not factory-charged, kg
Column |I|: amount used in year t to fill imported new equipment, factory-charged, kg
Column |N|: amount recovered and recycled/reclaimed from equipment retired in year t, kg. In Column|N| there is a drop-down menu for two options:a. Calculated (green cell) – the Software estimates the amount recovered and recycled/reclaimed basedon recovery efficiency of charge to be reclaimed |η (rec,d)| entered in worksheet F-Gas
Parameters – Tier 2 (70% in this example) and,b. Specified (white cell) – users need to enter country-specific AD manually.
10. Column |O|: amount destroyed in year t, kg
11. Column |P|: amount exported in used equipment in year t, kg
Once AD are input, the Software makes several calculations in green cells (these cannot be modified):
12. Column |G|: domestic sales of new chemical in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated as the total domestic manufactured F-gas/blend, plus import (bulk and in factory charged new equipment), minus
exports (bulk and in factor charged new equipment).

13. Column |J|: total charge in new equipment in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated as the sum of the amount used to fill new equipment not factory charged and new equipment factory charged.

14. Column |K|: amount used in the year t-d to fill new equipment not factory-charged, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated based on the lifetime entered in worksheet F-Gas Parameters- Tier 2 and is used to estimate the original charge
in retired equipment. For example, in the year 1990 it was 20 kg, so after 15 years, in the year 2005, it will be 20 kg).

15. Column |L|: amount used in the year t-d to fill new equipment factory-charged, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated based on the lifetime entered in worksheet F-Gas Parameters- Tier 2 and is used to estimate the original charge
in retired equipment. For example, in the year 1992 it was 25 kg, so after 15 years, in the year 2007, it will be 25 kg).

16. Column |M|: the original total charge in year t-d of equipment retiring in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated based on information entered in Column |K| and Column |L|.

17. Column |Q|: Total emissions in year t, kg.
Note that this cell is calculated as the sum of domestic sales, minus stockpile, minus total charge used in new equipment, plus the amount in retired
equipment, minus amount recovered and recycled/reclaimed, minus the amounts destroyed or exported in used equipment.

18. Column |R|: Total emissions in year t, Gg
19. Column |X|: This column is applicable for users intending to use the Software for reporting in the
UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool and calculates the bank (i.e. the amount of refrigerant stored in products)
in year (t).
Note that this cell is calculated as the total charge of equipment operating within its lifetime, as determined based on the lifetime added in worksheet FGas Parameters – Tier 2, minus the original charge of equipment retired in that year.

196 | P a g e

Example: AD Input: F-gas Emissions – Tier 2bResults
GHG emissions from 2.F.1.a and 2.F.1.b source categories are estimated one row for each year of the time series,
in the following worksheets:✓ F-Gas Emissions✓ F-Gas Emissions – Tier 2a✓ F-Gas Emissions – Tier 2b
The Software calculates the associated emissions for each F-Gas/blend in the following units: Tier 1 – metric tonnes;
Tier 2 – kg and Gg. The full time series of emissions estimates will appear in the worksheets for each year (e.g. in
the image below for Tier 1, the use is in the 1990 inventory year worksheet, but is able to view the entire time seriesof emissions estimates for F gases/blends.
Please see the examples of worksheets with final estimates/results for different Tiers.
Key reminders for users applying the Tier 1 method and intending to use the Software for reporting in the UNFCCCETF Reporting Tool:✓ All emissions, except those from 2.F.1.b mobile air conditioning, will map to commercial refrigeration in
the CRT. Source category 2.F.1.b in the Software will map directly to 2.F.1.b in the CRT (see mapping tables
appended to Annex I).
✓ If emissions are estimated for a blend of refrigerants, the blend will be decomposed into its constituent
parts for reporting.

197 | P a g e

Example: Results: F-Gas Emissions – Tier 1

Example: Results: F-gas Emissions – Tier 2a

198 | P a g e

Example: Results: F-gas Emissions – Tier 2b

199 | P a g e

Annex I: Mapping between the IPCC Inventory Software and the UNFCCC ETF
Reporting Tool
The Software enables users to calculate national GHG emissions in accordance with the 2006 IPCC Guidelines, and inlimited cases where needed for reporting to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change(UNFCCC), the 2019 Refinement to the 2006 IPCC Guidelines. The methods contained in the Software are consistent
with those required to be used by Parties in preparing a national GHG inventory, consistent with decision
18/CMA.1, under the Enhanced Transparency Framework (ETF) of the Paris Agreement. However, Parties to the
UNFCCC have agreed to a specific format for reporting the GHG inventory information, called the common
reporting tables (CRT), that differ from the IPCC reporting tables contained in volume 1, chapter 8 of the 2006
IPCC Guidelines.
Thus, Parties to the UNFCCC, acknowledging the importance of the Software in aiding countries to estimate theirnational GHG inventory, have invited IPCC to work together to facilitate interoperability between the Software andthe UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool. Consequently, the Software has been upgraded to operationalize theinteroperability. Specifically, users of the Software can estimate GHG emissions and removals for all categories andgases that are required to be reported pursuant to the CRT. Once data are entered into the Software, users wishingto use these data to facilitate reporting to the UNFCCC must generate a file in the Software (in JSON format). Thisfile, can then, through a separate UNFCCC platform and with proper credentials, be uploaded and further processed
for transfer to the UNFCCC.
Preparing a JSON file that can be imported into the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool required a cell-by-cell mapping
to identify where AD and GHG emissions estimates contained in each worksheet of the Software reside in the CRT.
This annex contains detailed information to illustrate the mapping of categories and gases between the Software andthe CRT for reporting of emissions from the IPPU sector and is supplemental to the general information provided
in the UNFCCC Interoperability – CRT Export Quick Start Guide.

CRT visualization tables in the IPCC Inventory Software
The mappings between the Software and the CRT are visualized in the Software to allow the user to properly
understand (thus enhancing transparency) and keep for internal use the results of the conversion of IPCC category
GHG estimates into UNFCCC NGHGI categories.
To generate the visualization tables, select from the main ribbon “Export/Import” and then “UNFCCC CRT”. For
complete guidance on how to produce a CRT data set and compile data from the underlying worksheets of the
Software into the CRT data set, refer to the IPCC Inventory Software -UNFCCC Interoperability – CRT Export
Quick Start Guide. The result of the generated tables is presented below for the IPPU sector.

200 | P a g e

Example: Generating visualized CRT for the IPPU sector

IMPORTANT: these visualization tables have been prepared to enhance transparency and demonstrate to the user
how the data entered in the Software are mapped to the UNFCCC CRT. The data entered in the Software are notautomatically used to meet the UNFCCC reporting requirements. The user will still be required to formally submit
the information through the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool, and the user is responsible for reviewing first the
information compiled in the CRT visualization tables and second the information once imported into that tool.

How to read mapping tables
The mapping tables have been developed to enhance transparency of the relationship between the categories in the
Software and the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool. For each cell in the CRT, the mapping tables describe the sourceof the data from the Software that is reported in that cell. The majority of cells in the CRT map from the underlying
category-specific worksheets of the Software. In the case of short-lived climate forcer emissions, data in the sector
summary tables of the CRT are mapped from the IPCC sectoral reporting table.
The specific instructions vary, depending on the nature of the category, and how many calculation worksheets fromthe Software map to that cell, but generally, the instruction is written to direct the user to:
1. The specific IPCC category in the category tree of the Software.
2. The tab in that worksheet that contains the relevant information.
3. The gas of interest.
4. The column that contains the relevant information (AD, parameter on emissions), with an indication of any
mathematical operation needed (e.g. SUM, MULTIPLY BY, etc)
5. Any conversions needed to ensure correct units map to the UNFCCC CRT (e.g. DIVIDE by 1,000 to convert
tonnes to kilo tonnes)

201 | P a g e

By illustration, the directions in the mapping file to report CO2 emissions cement production in the CRT, and thecorresponding location of the information in the Software are shown below. Generally, white cells in the CRT aremapped from the Software. Orange, green, or blue cells in the visualized CRT in the Software will be calculated by the
UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool, after import of the JSON file.
The mapping example for CO2 emissions from cement production below is a good example to highlight somerelatively common occurrences in the IPPU sector:••

The 2006 IPCC Guidelines contain multiple tiers to estimate emissions, and due to the nature of the differing
methods, they are implemented through different worksheets in the Software. Thus, the mapping
instructions must guide the user to different cells in different worksheets. In the example below, there isreference to the worksheet “Cement production (2/2)”, “Clinker production = Tier 2” and “CO2Emissions Summary- Tier 3 (4/4)” referring to worksheets for the Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 methods,
respectively. This issue is expanded further below, following the example.
In accordance with the agreed CRTs, final emissions in the IPPU sector are reported after subtracting theamounts of emission recovery, oxidation, destruction or transformation, thus there is typically a parameterto subtract any such reduction (e.g. below there is a subtraction for any CO2 capture reported in theworksheet Capture and storage or other reduction.

The following recurrent key instructions in the mapping are:
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

The sign "SUM" indicates a summatory of information (numerical or alphabetical) contained across thecolumn/row to which applies.
The sign "-SUM" indicates that the result of the summatory is to be reported as a negative value.
The sign "AND" indicates an additional element for mapping in the cell, which pertains to the same IPCC
category.
The sign "PLUS" indicates an additional element for mapping in the cell, which pertains to an additional
IPCC category.
The sign "EXCEPT" indicates all elements for mapping to be included except the listed element, because
this element (e.g. category) is already included elsewhere.
The signs "MULTIPLY BY" and "DIVIDE BY" indicate the corresponding mathematical operation to
be applied to information sourced from the Software.

✓

The sign "ISNOT" means ≠✓The text "IF" and "IF NOT" explain a condition for mapping of information to the cell. IF no condition
applies based on information populated by user in the Software, automatically insert "NE", unless otherwise
specified.

202 | P a g e

Example: How to read mapping between the Software and the UNFCCC CRT
UNFCCC CRT

IPCC Inventory Software203 | P a g e

There are several elements for the mapping of IPPU sector emissions relevant to highlight for users:
1. Adding dis-similar types of AD (e.g. production and consumption):
Often, in the IPPU sector, different Tier methods require different types of AD. For example, for cement
production (category 2.A.1), Tier 1 and Tier 2 rely on the amount of clinker produced, while Tier 3 emissions
estimates are based on the type and amount of carbonates consumed. In the case of HFC-23 emissions from
HCFC-22 production (category 2.B.9a), Tier 1 and Tier 2 estimates are based on the amount of HCFC-22
produced, while Tier 3 is a direct measurement method and thus does not have AD.
Users may want to apply different Tier methods in different subdivisions, and in fact this may be desirable if
it is possible to use a higher tier for a subset of the GHG inventory, but not the entire inventory. It would
not be meaningful, however, to add different types of AD for the purposes of reporting to the CRT. This isbecause AD, in addition to providing information on how much of some product is produced or consumed,
are also used to calculate an implied emission factor (equal to emissions/AD) which is a common metric thatcan be used to compare information across Parties.
To address this issue, and with a view to enhancing transparency and comparability, AD are aggregated in
the visualized CRT, and transferred in the JSON file to the UNFCCC, as follows (see accompanying figure):✓ If all the same type of AD is used for the user’s selected Tiers, these AD values are combined andappear in the visualized CRT (scenario #1 below). In the cement example, if a user applies all Tier 1
and/or Tier 2 methods, the total amount of clinker production is aggregated and the visualized CRT
2(I).A-H reports AD as “Clinker production” and the total amount of clinker. Similarly, if all Tier 3
is applied (Scenario #2 below), the AD reported are for the amount of “Carbonates consumed” andthe AD are summed accordingly.
✓ If the AD differ, as in the case of scenario #3, the cells for description and AD are pale green, andthe user can see under Description a comma separated list of the types of AD used (e.g. “Clinker
production, Carbonates consumed”). This is a signal to the user that the underlying methods appliedby the user cannot be simply aggregated. In column (kt) the Software provides only the value of the
AD for the Tier 1 method (and Tier 2 when the method relies on the same AD, as is the case forcement production). If the user takes no action, he/she would be submitting incomplete AD in the
JSON file, representing only that portion of the GHG Inventory covered by the Tier 1 and Tier 2
methods.
Note that: the categories for which it is possible to have different types of AD when using different Tiers are indicatedby “T1” in the mapping file linking the Software and the CRT. For further information, see Table 3.
The issue described above affects only AD; in all three scenarios, GHG emissions are the same and reflect
total national GHG emissions.
Example: Aggregating AD: cement production example
Scenario

How AD are aggregated in visualized CRT#1: User applies
all Tier 1 and/orTier 2 methods#2: User applies
all Tier 3 methods

204 | P a g e

#3: User applies
combination ofTier 1/2 and 3
methods✓ To transfer complete and meaningful AD, the pale green cells are editable and should be updated toensure that that the AD reflect the entire inventory. To update the information, the user shall:
1. Right click on the value of the AD and select Edit
2. Select Description from the pop-up box. The user will see the comma separated list of AD
used in the methods. Select the description that reflects the type of AD the user intends touse for reporting, and for which total national AD are available. In the example below, forinstance, the user may delete “Carbonates consumed” if he/she wishes to report total
national clinker production. It is important that the user ONLY deletes one of the
choices and does not to make any other changes to the text, otherwise thedescription will not transfer to the CRT.
Important: Note that the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool is not currently reading any
descriptions for the IPPU sector, as of August 2024 this information must be entereddirectly in the ETF Reporting Tool. The user is encouraged nevertheless to enter
information as described above in the visualized CRT, for ease of future reporting.
The updated value, described in step 3 below will be read and must be updated for
accurate reporting.
3. With the description change to Clinker production, now manually edit the value inColumn |kt|: to equal total national amount of clinker produced (0.95 was updated to 3 inthe example below).
Example: Updating AD when multiple Tiers are used

205 | P a g e

2. Calculation of CO2 emissions from biogenic feedstocks in IPPU:The Software allows the user to designate through a checkbox if a feedstock/reductant is of biogenic nature(e.g. biochar in the iron and steel industry). The Software then calculates GHG emissions for a category /sector/ national total with and without biogenic CO2. Biogenic emissions from the IPPU sector are notreported in the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool, although the capture of CO2 emissions of a biogenic origin
are included, and thus reflected in the net CO2 emissions reported for a category, if applicable. This principle
is reflected in the mapping.

Example: CO2 emissions mapped to the CRT is the total, excluding biogenic CO2. Any capture of biogenic
CO2 would be included as a reduction from CO2 emissions from ammonia production

3. Reporting emissions from “Unspecified mix of….” HFCs and/or PFCs.
The UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool does not allow users to separately report all F-gases for which there is a
GWP in the AR5; rather the tool requires the user to report these other emissions combined, under“Unspecified mix of HFCs”, “Unspecified mix of PFCs” and/or “Unspecified mix of HFCs and PFCs”.
However, when calculating emissions in the IPCC Inventory Software, the user enters all individual gases, andthe Software assigns the appropriate AR5 GWP. When mapping to the CRT, all F-gases not represented in a
separate column of Table 2(II) of the CRT are combined as “Unspecified mix…” , and reported in GgCO2
eq (e.g. either unspecified mix of HFCs, or unspecified mix of HFCs and PFCs, depending on the category).
Example: Mapping of individual specifies of F-gases to Table 2(II) of the CRT

4. Reporting emissions from consumption of blends of refrigerants.
The Software allows the user to input, and estimate GHG emissions from, the use of refrigerant blends. For
reporting, the total emissions of the refrigerant (e.g. R-401A) will be separated into its constituent parts. For
example, for R-401A, 13% of the refrigerant is composed of HFC-152a, thus 13% of the emissions fromconsumption of the refrigerant blend will be mapped to HFC-152a emissions from refrigeration and air
conditioning in the Software and the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool. Other constituents that are covered by
the Montreal Protocol and thus not reported under the UNFCCC (e.g. HCFC-22) are not included in the
Software or the JSON file for transfer to the UNFCCC. For a list of the refrigerants included in the Software,refer to the F-Gases Manager-blends.

206 | P a g e

5. Confidentiality.
The UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool allows Parties to claim information as “C”, noting that some level ofaggregation may be needed to mask confidential information. Confidential emissions must still be included
in totals for a complete GHG inventory. If necessary, users of the Software may claim AD or emissions asconfidential in the visualized CRT. Cells designated with a “C” (Confidential) will not be included in the
JSON file. It is the user’s responsibility to understand how confidentiality works, and ensure they understandwhat is contained in the IPCC JSON file for upload to the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool.
There are two different ways of handling confidentiality in the Software; one or non-F-gases (i.e. in CRT 2(I)AH) and another way for F-gases (CRT 2(II)B-Hs1 and CRT 2(II)B-Hs2).
Designating AD and emissions confidential in CRT 2(I)A-H
Users are allowed to change values in white cellsof the visualized CRT to “C”. To do this, the user:
1. right clicks on the cell and selects Edit
2. selects Notation Key
3. checks the “C”
4. The value will still appear in the visualized
CRT, with a “C” at the end. The value will not be
included in the JSON file. Only a “C” willtransfer.
For this CRT, the steps above ensure that the AD are “C”, and since there are no aggregations of data in CRT
2(I)A-H, the confidential AD cannot be back-calculated. Typically, emissions are not considered confidential.
However, efforts have been made to allow a user to designate emissions as confidential, if necessary, while
ensuring that total emissions still include the confidential emissions, to ensure a complete GHG inventory.
For CO2, CH4 and N2O emissions, if a user designates a white cell as “C”, and there is only one or two
categories as “C” it is possible that the confidential emissions could be back-calculated or known. Thus, users
may change orange cells to “C” up to a certain category level in each visualization table. At some levels it is
not possible to change a value to “C” because to do so would result in no emissions transferring to the
UNFCCC in a category. Confidential emissions must still be included in the national inventory.
In the example below, all AD and emissions labelled as “C” for the petrochemical industry will transfer as“C”.
Typically, concerns around confidentiality are about AD, not emissions. In the example below, there is no
aggregation of AD. The “C” for category 2.B.8.c will transfer and AD will remain fully masked in the transfer.
Example: Designating AD and emissions confidential in CRT 2(I).A-H

207 | P a g e

Important: Note that as of August 2024, if a user changes an orange cell in the visualized CRT of the
Software to a “C”, that orange cell is transferring as a “C” as expected. However, the parent level of thatcategory in the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool is not always including the confidential emissions. Thisis a known issue and working to be corrected. The user must enter the total category level emissions in
the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool directly, including the confidential emissions, to ensure a complete
GHG inventory. For example, in the figure above, the estimate for category 2.B is currently excluding
emissions from the petrochemical industry; the user must currently write these emission in the totals in
the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool.
The user cannot change the following rows to “C” in the visualization tables (references to “row” refers to
the row in the mapping tables appended to this guidebook).
✓ Row 10 -category 2.A. Mineral industry✓ Row 20- category 2.B. Chemical industry✓ Row 50- category 2.C. Metal industry✓ Row 69- category 2.D. Non-energy products from fuels and solvent use✓ Row 80- category 2.E. Electronics industry✓ Row 87- category 2.G. Other product manufacture and use✓ Row 97- category 2.H. Other
Designating AD and emissions confidential in 2(II)B-Hs1 and 2(II)B-Hs2
The structure of UNFCCC reporting tables for F-gases is different than that for non-F gases in table 2(I)AH. Specifically, there are no aggregations of emissions (or AD) in these tables. This necessitates a different
approach for allowing the user to designate F-gases as confidential.
Designation of a gas as confidential is made by the user, category by category, generally (but not always) at
the point where the user indicates which F-gases/blend are relevant for the category (i.e. in the F-gases
Manager at the category level).
To access the category level F-gases Manager the user shall:✓ select F-Gases Manager to open the IPCC category level manager.
✓ check the box(es) for the gas(es) or blends that are confidential
Examples are provided below to show how/where to designate a gas as confidential.

208 | P a g e

Example: Designating a gas/category combination as confidential for F-gases: most categories

Due to the structure of the Software and the mapping to the CRT, the user will find the designation ofconfidentiality differs from the explanation above, as follows:
1. For 2.F.1, worksheet F-Gas Emissions and 2.F.3, worksheet Emissions from Fire Protection, thedesignation of confidentiality can be found in the Chemical’s Data tab
Example: Designating a gas/category combination as confidential: 2.F.1 (tier 1 only) and 2.F.3

2. For 2.F.1, worksheet F-Gas Parameters- Tier 2 and 2.F.2, worksheets F-Gas Parameters- Open cell
foams- Tier 2 and F-Gas Parameters- closed cell foams- Tier 2, the gases may go to multiple
applications, so confidentiality is designated at the level gases are added to a sub-application.

209 | P a g e

Example: Designating a gas/category combination as confidential: 2.F.1 and 2.F.2 (both Tier 2)

3. For 2.F.2, worksheets F-Gas Emissions- Closed Cell Foams and F-Gas Emissions – Open Cell
Foams designation of confidentiality occurs in the Chemical’s Data tab, at the bottom of the pop-up box
for each selected gas. In this example, the user would first select the [+] plus sign to select the relevantgas(es) and then at the bottom of the box, designate that gas as confidential.
Example: Designating a gas/category combination as confidential: 2.F.2 (both Tier 1)

In all cases, where F-gases are designated as confidential, the AD will not be included in the JSON file for transfer
to the UNFCCC CRT. Emissions of F-gases will all be reported, combined as “from stocks”, in unspecified mix
of HFCs and PFCs, and/or SF6 and/or NF3 in category 2.H, in tCO2 eq.

210 | P a g e

Example: F-gases designated as confidential reported, together, under 2.H, stocks

Detailed mapping between the Software and the UNFCCC ETF Reporting Tool
The attached tables reflect the UNFCCC CRT agreed by Parties for reporting under the Paris Agreement, and thecorresponding mapping instructions from the Software.

Table 3. Detailed mapping between the Software and the UNFCCC ETF reporting Tool
Please note that the tables are accessible by clicking the ATTACH icon (paper-clip) on the left-hand side of your screen.
Notation keys are automatically populated in some cells of the visualized CRT for the IPPU sector. In some cases,
these are automatically populated for all users (e.g. recovery of biogenic CO2 from the mineral industry is
automatically populated as “NA” for all users as it is not applicable). In some cases, certain notation keys will be
populated depending on user choices (for example, if the user applies Tier 1 for refrigeration and air conditioning,
all emissions are reported under commercial refrigeration in the CRT, and other sub-applications (except mobile
air conditioning) are reported as “IE”.
Table 4 explains the use of notation keys for each table relevant for reporting of GHG emissions from the IPPU
sector. If appropriate for national circumstances, the user may change the type of notation key populated prior to
generating the JSON file (e.g. if a category labelled as “IE” or “NA” is really not occurring in the country the user
may change the notation key to“NO”). Recall that for reporting in the CRTs, Parties should provide the necessary
explanations for the use of the notation keys “NE” and “IE”. Refer to the UNFCCC Interoperability- CRT
Export Quick Start Guide for more information on how to change notation keys and enter notation key
explanations.
Note that the information included in Table 4 is in addition to the automatic population of notation keys if a user
does not include any information for a category/gas. These rules can be found in the top of the columns for eachtable of the CRT (see the mapping files attached to this Guidebook for the specific rules for each column header).

211 | P a g e

CRT
Table

2(I)A-H

2(I)A-H

2(I)A-H

Table 4. Automatic Reporting of Notation Keys in the IPPU Sector of the CRT
AutomaCRT
Parameter/G
tic
category
Explanationas
mappin(ies)g
2.A.1, 2.A.2
2.A.3, 2.A.4(all)
2.B.7, 2.C.3
2.C.4, 2.C.7.a
2.D.1, 2.D.2
2.D.3 (all),
2.G.4, 2.H.1,
2.H.2
2.D.3.d.
Other -Ureabased
catalysts

CO2 biogenic
recovery/captureNA

Any CO2 recovery here is of process-related CO2; sobiogenic CO2 is not applicable. All recovery is reported
under CO2 fossil.

CO2 biogenic
recovery/captureNA

Any CO2 recovery here is of process-related CO2; sobiogenic CO2 is not applicable. All recovery is reported
under CO2 fossil.

CH4 and N2O(emissions andrecovery)NA

2(I)A-H

2.G.4
2.H.3

AD

NA

2(I)A-H

2.H.1
2.H.2

AD

NA

Table
2(II).BHs2

2.F.1.b,2.F.1.c,
2.F.1.d,2.F.1.f

Emissions

IE

Table
2(II).BHs2

2.F (all)AD/
Emissions

NE

Table
2(II).BHs2

2.F.3,
2.F.4.a,2.F.4.b,2.F.6.a,2.G.2.(all),
2.G.4, 2.H.3

Emissionsfrommanufacturing

Table
2(II).BHs2

2.G.2.a,2.G.2.b,2.G.2.d,Emissionsfrom disposal

This category is from IPCC Software category 1.A.3.b.vi– Urea-based catalysts, which only estimates CO2
emissions. Thus, CH4 and N2O emissions and removals
are not applicable.
AD are automatically reported in the CRT as “NA.”Given the large number of possible activities a user may
choose to report here, the AD have not been aggregated.
The user should describe the nature and quantity ofthese AD in the documentation box and/or NID.
AD are automatically reported in the CRT as “NA”
because the user has a choice to report information
based on production or consumption. The user may
update these pale green cells (both for description andthe amount of AD) to reflect the actual reporting.
If in IPCC category 2.F.1, the user applies the Tier 1
method only (i.e. completes worksheet F-gas
Emissions), all emissions are reported under CRT
category 2.F.1.a commercial refrigeration, and the othersub-applications are reported as “IE”. The Tier 1
method does not break consumption down into subapplications, as shown in the CRT and a decision had to
be made into which sub-application emissions would bereported.
The Software automatically inserts an "NE" in cases
where the result in a cell is zero or blank AND the gas
is listed as in table 7.1 of the 2006 IPCC Guidelines(Volume 3, chapter 7) as a common gas for thatapplication. If the activity and/or gas does not occur inthe country, the user should change the "NE" to an
"NO".

IE

If a user reports any emissions from stocks, thenemissions from manufacturing are reported as “IE” andincluded in stocks. Otherwise, “NE” or “NO” isreported.

IE

If a user reports any emissions from stocks, thenemissions from disposal are reported as “IE” andincluded in stocks. Otherwise, “NE” or “NO” isreported.
212 | P a g e

2.G.2.e,
2.G.4, 2.H.3
Table
2(II).BHs2
2(II)BHs1 and2(II)BHs2

2.G.2.a.ii

All

Emissionsfrom disposalNA

AD andemissionsC

This category is “other prompt emissive applications”;
Since prompt emissions do not have disposal, this isautomatically reported as “NA”.
If the user reports any F-gas as confidential, “C” willappear in the reporting table for AD and emissions forthat category. All F-gases will be reported as stocks
under 2.H.3, in tCO2 eq.

213 | P a g e